Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (115)
  • Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub  (95)
  • Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc  (20)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on franchising
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781783475117
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hunt, Carianne M. Coaching for women entrepreneurs
    DDC: 650.1/082
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Frauen ; Coaching ; E-Learning ; Großbritannien ; Businesswomen Training of ; Unternehmerin ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Coaching
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Internal influences on women entrepreneurs -- 3. External influences on women entrepreneurs -- 4. Coaching as a technique for development -- 5. The potential of coaching for women entrepreneurs -- 6. Delivering the tailored e-coaching (TEC) programme -- 7. The impact of the TEC programme on women entrepreneurs -- 8. Entrepreneurial learning in coaching relationships -- 9. Implications for theory and practice.
    Abstract: With update-to-date reviews of the current research and literature on women's entrepreneurship, this is the first book of its kind to address entrepreneurial coaching for women as a development tool. The authors provide a theoretical, conceptual and applied perspective to explore the distinctive challenges facing this group, before discussing the implementations and outcomes of coaching programmes in an entrepreneurial setting. They conclude with strategies for future research and progress. Students and scholars of business management, entrepreneurship and gender studies will find the unique perspectives to be of interest. This book will also be useful as a tool for small business service providers, women entrepreneurs, policy makers and government officials
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9781783479849
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The McGill international entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Hamid Etemad -- Part I: Examination of entrepreneurial orientation-performance relations -- 2. International entrepreneurship and performance: what are the important factors in markets with high cultural distance? / Elena Cedrola, Loretta Battaglia and Anna Grazia Quaranta -- 3. Risk-seeking behaviors in SMEs' internationalization / Noémie Dominguez -- 4. Psychological traits, experiences, foreign language knowledge of entrepreneurs, and re-internationalization strategies of SMEs: a theoretical analysis / Huu Le Nguyen and Sören Kock -- Part II: Collaborative inter-dependence -- 5. The dynamic development of international entrepreneurial networks / Vaiva Stanisauskaite and Sören Kock -- 6. The influence of the entrepreneur and the accelerator in the internationalization process of web-based firms / Diala Kabbara -- 7. Formal inter-firm cooperation and international expansion: how Italian SMEs are using the network contract / S. Aureli and M. Del Baldo -- 8. How are knowledge acquisition and SMEs' internationalization related? empirical evidence from Gruppo Germani / Mirella Migliaccio and Francesca Rivetti -- 9. Value chain activities in born global companies / Ingemar Wictor -- Part III: Institutional context -- 10. The creation and internationalization of border firms / Eva J.B. Jørgensen and Einar Rasmussen -- 11. Institutional entrepreneurship and the embedded roles of the leaders and state: an historical case study of Abu Dhabi / Jasem Almarri, Katariina Juusola and John Meewella -- 12. Concluding remarks, implications and lessons / Hamid Etemad.
    Abstract: The Changing Global Economy and its Impact on International Entrepreneurship addresses different changes and challenges that small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) face in an economy where they need to compete at home and cannot refrain from participating in international markets. Contributors examine diverse SMEs that have succeeded in the face of adversity. They offer a combination of practical strategies and efficient tactics, grounded in solid theory and research, for firms in different competitive industries. This volume presents a collection of 12 carefully selected chapters that highlight challenging real-world cases to illustrate a variety of difficult problems. The editors present an analytical framework with three levels of analysis - entrepreneurial level, firm level, and institutional level - to document comprehensive, realistic and experientially-based entrepreneurial initiatives, potent firm and public policy strategies and informative and applicable results. The interactive structural design of this book offers progressively higher levels of analysis and incisive lessons, which make it perfect for academics interested in the rich range of theories, methodologies and topics surrounding SMEs' internationalization processes. Its analysis will also inform management and effective policy formulation for entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers
    Note: Contributors include: J. Almarri, S. Aureli, H. Etemad, M. Del Baldo, N. Dominguez, E.J.B. Jørgensen, K. Juusola, D. Kabbara, S. Kock, J. Meewella, H. Le Nguyen, M. Migliaccio, E. Rasmussen, F. Rivetti, V. Stanisauskaite, I. Wictor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783472338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutional case studies on necessity entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04091724
    Keywords: Kleinstunternehmen ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsförderung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Gründungsfinanzierung ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Foreword / Alejandro Poiré -- Introduction / Jeremi B. Brewer -- Part I -- Government funded programs -- 1. Supporting the transition from unemployment to self-employment: a comparative analysis of governmental support programs across Europe / Melvin Haas and Peter Vogel -- 2. From unemployment to self-employment: government support programs in greece / Argyro Nikiforou -- 3. Pete Suazo Business Center / Gladys Gonzalez, Robert Heyn and Jessica Pino -- 4. Bharatiya yuva shakti trust / Raj K. Shankar -- Part II -- Private / Non-Governmental Programs -- 5. Hanhua guarantee / Lingzhi Zhang and Spencer Brown -- 6. Prospera: a case for microenterprise among necessity entrepreneurs / Macarena Hernández, Gabriela Enrigue and Justin Oldroyd -- 7. The academy for creating enterprise / Jeremi Brewer and Stephen W. Gibson -- Part III -- Promising high-impact programs -- 8. Entrepreneurship finance lab / Asim Khwaja, Bailey Klinger and Colin Casey -- 9. Building a scalable training solution for necessity entrepreneurs in the missing middle / Jeff Brownlow -- 10. SEBRAE: serviço brasileiro de apoio às micro e pequenas empresas / Jeff Roberts and Nathalia Myrrha -- 11. Self-reliance through self-employment: an approach by the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints / Geoffrey K. Davis and Andrew Maxfield -- 12. Microfranchising: a solution to necessity entrepreneurship / Philip Webb and Jason Fairbourne -- The next step -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneurs. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world. Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials
    Note: Contributors include: J. Brewer, S. Brown, J. Brownlow, C. Casey, G. Davis, J.S. Demple, G. Enrigue, J. Fairbourne, S.W. Gibson, G. Gonzalez, M. Haas, M. Hernandez, R. Heyn, B. Klinger, A. Khwaja, A. Maxfield, N. Myrrha, A. Nikiforou, J. Oldroyd, J. Pino, J. Roberts, R. Shankar, P. Vogel, P. Webb, L. Zhang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9781783479382
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Community development ; Cultural pluralism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Co-creation and the city -- Part I: the planners' view -- 2. The planning process -- 3. The 'cultural turn' in urban design -- Part II: the view from the action nets -- 4. The organizer's view: exploring emergent project action nets -- 5. The insider-participant view: common dualities on urban design and program organization -- 6. The public view: analysis of the narratives in the local press -- 7. Building a milieu for city marketing and branding -- The vignette collection -- Part III: the achievement -- 8. Comparisons with other European capitals of culture -- 9. Co-creating cities: future challenges.
    Abstract: Over the past three decades, the European Capital of Culture has grown into one of the most ambitious cultural programs in the world. Through the promotion of cultural diversity across the continent, the program fosters mutual understanding and intercultural dialogue among citizens, thereby increasing their sense of belonging to a community. This insightful book outlines potential avenues through which culture and creativity can raise the imaginative capability of citizens and harness opportunities tied to what the book calls 'culture-driven growth'. Building on three years of observations, interviews and research the authors argue that a 'strategy-as-practice' perspective can reveal how strategy making is enabled or constrained by organizational and social practices. The authors reveal how the 'sweet-spot' of city regeneration occurs where urban and cultural planning are aligned. They then evaluate the practice of 'co-creation' within organizing bodies and investigate the extent to which its success depends on a fusion of top-down rules and bottom-up action. Urban Strategies for Culture-Driven Growth will appeal to international scholars and students in organization studies, geography, city governance and planning, urban design and urban and regional development. Policymakers and planners will also find it to be a valuable resource
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716042
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Shepherd, Dean A., 1967 - Decision making in entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.4/03
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entscheidung ; Conjoint-Analyse ; Entrepreneurship Decision making ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In this volume, Dean Shepherd focuses on the varying topics of entrepreneurship unified through conjoint analysis. Although the topic of entrepreneurial decision making is broad, in doing so, he reveals the mechanisms that come into play during the entrepreneurial decision-making process. Scholars of entrepreneurship and organizational behavior will find this collection an essential resource for understanding how decision making is achieved in entrepreneurial settings
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368738
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intrapreneurship ; Dynamische Kompetenzen ; Risikokapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Introduction / Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and James C. Hayton -- Part I corporate entrepreneurship and internal venturing -- 1. Internal corporate venturing: a review of (almost) five decades of literature / Susan A. Hill and Stylianos Georgoulas -- 2. Who is the corporate entrepreneur? insights from opportunity discovery and creation theory / Henri Burgers and Vareska van De Vrande -- 3. A dynamic human capital perspective on corporate opportunity identification / Mathew Hughes, Deniz Ucbasaran and Miranda Lewis -- Part II corporate entrepreneurship and organizational capability -- 4. Towards a relational view of corporate entrepreneurship / Zeki Simsek and Ciaran Heavey -- 5. Institutionalizing corporate entrepreneurship as the firm's innovation function: reflections from a longitudinal research program / Gina Colarelli O'Connor -- 6. Strategic renewal and firm performance: implication of incremental versus radical change after environmental upheavals / Elton L. Scifres, James J. Chrisman and Esra Memili -- Part III corporate venture capital and external venturing -- 7. Corporate venture capital: important themes and future directions / Sandip Basu, Anu Wadhwa and Suresh Kotha -- 8. InnoVen and the Monsanto paradox: strategic exploration with the first external corporate venture capital fund / Mariann Jelinek and Diana Day -- 9. Explorative and exploitative learning from corporate venture capital: a model of program level determinants / Thomas Keil, Shaker A. Zahra and Markku Maula -- 10. What inventions do corporate entrepreneurship programs access? corporate venture capital investment in complementary and substituting ventures / Gary Dushnitsky and Miles Shaver.
    Abstract: Corporate entrepreneurship is about remaking organizations; it affects organizational cultures and systems which, in turn, influence the magnitude, direction and content of corporate entrepreneurship activities. This Handbook hopes to synthesize what we know and clarify what we need to know about key issues such as strategic renewal, innovation and venturing activities within established companies, giving direction to future research. This Handbook combines conceptual and empirical contributions covering a wide gamut of theories and perspectives that include: opportunity discovery vs. creation, the behavioral theory of the firm, learning, human capital, agency, and dynamic capabilities. The chapters uncover who the corporate entrepreneur is, how corporate entrepreneurs vary from their independent counterparts, how corporate entrepreneurship influences organizational performance, and the effect of incremental versus radical strategic renewal undertaken within corporate entrepreneurship on financial performance. They also investigate what an organization learns from corporate entrepreneurship, as well as the types of innovation that companies gain through corporate venturing capital investments. The diversity of authors, perspectives and foci of the chapters highlight the growing depth and breadth of the worldwide research on corporate entrepreneurship and the growing maturity of this research. This book will appeal to scholars and students of entrepreneurship and/or strategic management, as well as managers of established firms
    Note: Contributors include: S. Basu, H. Burgers, J.J. Chrisman, D. Day, G. Dushnitsky, S. Georgoulas, J. Hayton, C. Heavey, S.A. Hill, M. Hughes, M. Jelinek, T. Keil, S. Kotha, M. Lewis, M. Maula, E. Memili, D.O. Neubaum, G.C. O'Connor, E.L. Scifres, M. Shaver, Z. Simsek, D. Ucbasaran, V. Van De Vrande, A. Wadhwa, S.A. Zahra , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (944 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar mini series
    Keywords: Industrial policy ; Business and politics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): E. E. Schattschneider (1948), 'Pressure Groups Versus Political Parties', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 259, September, 17-23 -- Theodore J. Lowi (1964), 'American Business, Public Policy, Case-Studies, and Political Theory', World Politics, 16 (4), July, 677-93, 695, 697, 699, 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, 711, 713, 715 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Charles E. Lindblom (1977), 'The Priviledged Position of Business', in Politics and Markets: The World's Political-Economic Systems, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Basic Books, 170-88 -- David Vogel (1978), 'Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciouness of American Corporate Executives', British Journal of Political Science, 8 (1), January, 45-78 -- Gary S. Becker (1985), 'Public Policies, Pressure Groups, and Dead Weight Costs', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (3), December, 329-47 -- Robert H. Salisbury (1984), 'Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions, ' American Political Science Review,78 (1), March, 64-76 -- Philippe C. Schmitter (1974), 'Still the Century of Corporatism?', Review of Politics, 36 (1), January, 85-131 -- Hugh Heclo (1978), 'Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment', in Anthony King (ed.) The New American Political System, Chapter 3, Washington, DC, USA: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 87-124 -- Mancur Olson (1971) [1965]), 'A Taxonomy of Groups' and 'Group Size and Group Behavior', in The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups, Chapter 1, Section F and Chapter 2, Cambridge, Massachusetts and London,UK: Harvard University Press, 43-52, 53-65 -- Terry M. Moe (1981), 'Toward a Broader View of Interest Groups', Journal of Politics, 43 (2), May, 531-43 -- David M. Hart (2004), '"Business" Is Not an Interest Group: On the Study of Companies in American National Politics', Annual Review of Political Science, 7, 47-69 -- Wendy L. Hansen, Neil J. Mitchell and Jeffrey M. Drope (2004), 'Collective Action, Pluralism, and the Legitimacy Tariff: Corporate Activity or Inactivity in Politics', Political Research Quarterly, 57 (3), September, 421-9 -- Kevin B. Grier, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts (1994), 'The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986', American Political Science Review, 88 (4), December, 911-26 -- Wendy L. Hansen and Neil J. Mitchell (2000), 'Disaggregating and Explaining Corporate Political Activity: Domestic and Foreign Corporations in National Politics', American Political Science Review, 94 (4), December, 891-903 -- Holly Brasher and David Lowery (2006), 'The Corporate Context of Lobbying Activity', Business and Politics, 8 (1), i, 1-2 -- Graham K. Wilson (1990), 'Corporate Political Strategies', British Journal of Political Science, 20 (2), April, 281-8 -- David B. Yoffie and Sigrid Bergenstein (1985), 'Creating Political Advantage: The Rise of the Corporate Political Entrepreneur', California Management Review, XXVIII (1), Fall, 124-39 -- Wyn Grant (1984), 'Large Firms and Public Policy in Britain', Journal of Public Policy, 4 (1), February, 1-17.
    Abstract: Kathleen A. Getz (2001), 'Public Affairs and Political Strategy: Theoretical Foundations', Journal of Public Affairs: Special Issue Papers, 1 (4), December, 305-29 394 -- David Austen-Smith and John R. Wright (1996), 'Theory and Evidence for Counteractive Lobbying', American Journal of Political Science, 40 (2), May, 543-64 -- Marie Hojnacki and David C. Kimball (1998), 'Organized Interests and the Decision of Whom to Lobby in Congress', American Political Science Review, 92 (4), December, 775-90 -- John M. De Figueiredo (2002), 'Lobbying and Information in Politics', Business and Politics, 4 (2), 125-29 -- Andreas Broscheid and David Coen (2003), 'Insider and Outsider Lobbying of the European Commission: An Informational Model of Forum Politics', European Union Politics, 4 (2), June, 165-89 -- Richard L. Hall and Alan V. Deardorff (2006), 'Lobbying as Legislative Subsidy', American Political Science Review, 100 (1), February, 69-84 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'Politicians, Interest Groups, and Regulators: A Multiple-Principals Agency Theory of Regulation, or "Let Them be Bribed"', Journal of Law and Economics, 33 (1), April, 65-101 -- Michael Moran (2000), 'The Frank Stacey Memorial Lecture: From Command State to Regulatory State?', Public Policy and Administration, 15 (4), Winter, 1-13 -- David Coen (1998), 'The European Business Interest and The Nation State: Large-firm Lobbying in the European Union and Member States', Journal of Public Policy, 18 (1), January-April, 75-100 -- Jason Webb Yackee and Susan Webb Yackee (2006), 'A Bias Towards Business? Assessing Interest Group Influence on the U.S Bureaucracy', Journal of Politics, 68 (1), February, 128-39 -- Peter A. Hall and Daniel W. Gingerich (2009), 'Varieties of Capitalism and Institutional Complementarities in the Political Economy: An Empirical Analysis', British Journal of Political Science, 39 (3), July, 449-82 -- Beth L. Leech, Frank R. Baumgartner, Timothy M. La Pira and Nicholas A. Semanko (2005), 'Drawing Lobbyists to Washington: Government Activity and the Demand for Advocacy', Political Research Quarterly, 58 (1), March, 19-30 -- David Coen (1997), 'The Evolution of the Large Firm as a Political Actor in the European Union', Journal of European Public Policy, 4 (1), March, 91-108 -- Wyn Grant, Alberto Martinelli and William Paterson (1989), 'Large Firms as Political Actors: A Comparative Analysis of the Chemical Industry in Britain, Italy and West Germany', West European Politics, 12 (2), 72-90 -- Jean C. Oi (1992), 'Fiscal Reform and the Economic Foundations of Local State Corporatism in China', World Politics, 45 (1), October, 99-126 -- Kent E. Calder (1989), 'Elites in an Equalizing Role: Ex- Bureaucrats as Coordinators and Intermediaries in the Japanese Government-Business Relationship', Comparative Politics, 21 (4), July, 379-403 -- William A. Brock and Stephen P. Magee (1978) 'Decentralization, Bureaucracy, and Government: The Economics of Special Interest Politics: The Case of the Tariff', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings of the Ninetieth Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 68 (2), May, 246-50 -- Helen Milner (1987), 'Resisting the Protectionist Temptation: Industry and the Making of Trade Policy in France and the United States during the 1970s', International Organization, 41 (4), Autumn, 639-65.
    Abstract: Gene M. Grossman and Elhanan Helpman (1994), 'Protection for Sale', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 833-50 -- A. Claire Cutler (1997), 'Artiface, Ideology and Paradox: The Public/Private Distinction in International Law', Review of International Political Economy, 4 (2), Summer, 261-85 -- John Gerard Ruggie (2004), 'Reconstituting the Global Public Domain - Issues, Actors, and Practices', European Journal of International Relations, 10 (4), 499-531 -- David Vogel (2008), 'Private Global Business Regulation', Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 261-82 -- Aseem Prakash and Matthew Potoski (2014), 'Global Private Regimes, Domestic Public Law: ISO 14001 and Pollution Reduction', Comparative Political Studies, 47 (3), 369-94.
    Abstract: This comprehensive research review identifies the key articles on relations between business and government from a variety of perspectives and disciplines. The editors have selected works that explore the themes of business and the state, organizing the firm for political action, managing government affairs, lobbying models, business governance and regulation, comparative business and political systems and internationaliastion and transanational business regulation. This research review is an essential resource for scholars, students and policymakers interested in political science, business studies and economics
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9780857939852
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (608 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of the internet
    DDC: 338/.064
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internet ; Electronic Commerce ; Online-Handel ; Internet Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internetökonomie
    Abstract: Preface -- Introduction: The economics of the internet: an overview / Johannes M. Bauer and Michael Latzer -- Part II Theoretical foundations -- 1. The industrial organization of the internet / Günter Knieps and Johannes M. Bauer -- 2. The internet as a complex layered system / Stephen J. Schultze and Richard S. Whitt -- 3. A network science approach to the internet / Volker Schneider and Johannes M. Bauer -- 4. Peer production and cooperation / Yochai Benkler -- 5. The internet and productivity / Carol Corrado and Bart Van Ark -- 6. Cultural economics and the internet / Christian Handke, Paul Stepan and Ruth Towse -- 7. A political economy approach to the internet / Patricia Mazepa and Vincent Mosco -- Part II Institutional arrangements and internet architecture -- 8. Competition and antitrust in internet markets / Justus Haucap and Torben Stühmeier -- 9. The economics of internet standards / Stanley M. Besen and George Sadowsky -- 10. The economics of copyright and the internet / Sacha Wunsch-Vincent -- 11. The economics of privacy, data protection and surveillance / Ian Brown -- 12. Economics of cybersecurity / Michel Van Eeten, Hadi Asghari and Johannes M. Bauer -- 13. Internet architecture and innovation in applications / Barbara Van Schewick -- 14. Organizational innovations, ICTs and knowledge governance: the case of platforms / Cristiano Antonelli and Pier Paolo Patrucco -- 15. Interconnection in the internet: peering, interoperability and content delivery / David D. Clark, William H. Lehr and Steven Bauer -- Part III Economics and management of applications and services -- 16. Internet business strategies / Johann J. Kranz and Arnold Picot -- 17. The economics of internet search / Hal R. Varian -- 18. The economics of algorithmic selection on the internet / Michael Latzer, Katharina Hollnbuchner, Natascha Just and Florian Saurwein -- 19. Online advertising economics / Wenjuan Ma and Steven S. Wildman -- 20. Online news / Lucy Küng, Nic Newman and Robert Picard -- 21. The economics of online video entertainment / Ryland Sherman and David Waterman -- 22. Business strategies and revenue models for converged video services / Yu-Li Liu -- 23. The economics of virtual worlds / Isaac Knowles and Edward Castronova -- 24. Economics of big data / Claudio Feijóo, José-Luis Gómez-Barroso and Shivom Aggarwal -- Part IV Trajectories -- 25. The evolution of the internet: a socioeconomic account / D. Linda Garcia -- 26. From the internet of science to the internet of entertainment / Eli M. Noam.
    Abstract: The Internet is connecting an increasing number of individuals, organizations, and devices into global networks of information flows. It is accelerating the dynamics of innovation in the digital economy, affecting the nature and intensity of competition, and enabling private companies, governments, and the non-profit sector to develop new business models. In this new ecosystem many of the theoretical assumptions and historical observations upon which economics rests are altered and need critical reassessment. This Handbook brings together twenty-seven original chapters that discuss theoretical and applied frameworks for the study of the economics of the Internet, encompassing: its unique economics as a global information and communications infrastructure; the effects of the Internet on economic transactions, including social production, advertising, innovation, and intellectual property rights; the economics and management of Internet-based industries, such as search, news, entertainment, culture, and virtual worlds; the effects of the Internet on the economy at large Interdisciplinary in its approach, the Handbook synthesizes the state of knowledge and offers new perspectives for researchers, practitioners, and students
    Note: Contributors include: S. Aggarwal, C. Antonelli, H. Asghari, J.M. Bauer, S. Bauer, Y. Benkler, S.M. Besen, I. Brown, E. Castronova, D.D. Clark, C. Corrado, C. Feijóo, D.L. Garcia, J.-L. Gómez-Barroso, C. Handke, J. Haucap, K. Hollnbuchner, N. Just, G. Knieps, I. Knowles, J.J. Kranz, L. Küng, M. Latzer, W.H. Lehr, Y.-L. Liu, W. Ma, P. Mazepa, V. Mosco, N. Newman, E.M. Noam, P.P. Patrucco, R. Picard, A. Picot, G. Sadowsky, F. Saurwein, V. Schneider, S.J. Schultze, R. Sherman, P. Stepan, T. Stühmeier, R. Towse, B. van Ark, M. van Eeten, B. van Schewick, H.R. Varian, D. Waterman, R.S. Whitt, S.S. Wildman, S. Wunsch-Vincent , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9781785365065
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 3: Developments in major fields of economics
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Balance of payment and exchange rates / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 2. Behavioural and cognitive economics / Salvatore Di Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 3. Business cycles and growth / Michaël Assous, Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand and Harald Hagemann -- 4. Capital theory / Fabio Petri -- 5. Competition / Neri Salvadori and Rodolfo Signorino -- 6. Corporatism / Sergio Noto -- 7. Development economics / Amitava Krishna Dutt -- 8. Econometrics / Marcel Boumans -- 9. Economic dynamics / J. Barkley Rosser, Jr. -- 10. Economic geography / Jacques-François Thisse -- 11. Economic sociology / Philippe Steiner -- 12. Economics and philosophy / Hartmut Kliemt -- 13. Evolutionary economics / Kurt Dopfer -- 14. Experimental economics / Salvatore Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 15. Financial economics / Perry Mehrling -- 16. Formalisation and mathematical modelling / Paola Tubaro -- 17. Game theory / Robert Leonard -- 18. General equilibrium theory / Alan Kirman -- 19. Growth / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 20. Income distribution / Arrigo Opocher -- 21. Industrial organization / Manuela Mosca -- 22. Input-output analysis / Guido Erreygers -- 23. Institutional economics / Élodie Bertrand -- 24. International trade / Andrea Maneschi -- 25. Labour and employment / Antonella Stirati -- 26. Macroeconomics / Michel De Vroey and Pierre Malgrange -- 27. Methods in the history of economic thought / José Luís Cardoso -- 28. Money and banking / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Sylvie Diatkine -- 29. Open economy macroeconomics / Joern Kleinert -- 30. Political philosophy and economics: freedom and labour / Ragip Ege and Herrade Igersheim -- 31. Population / Claudia Sunna -- 32. Poverty / Katsuyoshi Watarai -- 33. Public economics / Richard Sturn -- 34. Resource and environmental economics / Eui Hosoda -- 35. Social choice / Maurice Salles -- 36. Technical change and innovation / David Haas, Heinz D. Kurz, Nicole Palan, Andreas Rainer, Marlies Schütz and Rita Strohmaier -- 37. Theory of the firm / Élodie Bertrand -- 38. Uncertainty and information / Alberto Baccini -- 39. Utilitarianism and anti-utilitarianism / Antoinette Baujard -- 40. Value and price / Duncan Foley and Simon Mohun -- 41. Welfare economics / Antoinette Baujard.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume III contains entries on the development of major fields in economics from the inception of systematic analysis until modern times. The reader is provided with succinct summary accounts of the main problems, the methods used to address them and the results obtained across time. The emphasis is on both the continuity and the major changes that have occurred in the economic analysis of problematic issues such as economic growth, income distribution, employment, inflation, business cycles and financial instability
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Magnusson, Lars, 1952 - A brief history of political economy
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Marxismus ; Keynesianismus ; Österreichische Schule ; Economists Biography ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Hayek, Friedrich A. von 1899-1992 ; Politische Ökonomie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Prologue -- 1. The tale of Marx -- 2. The tale of Keynes -- 3. The tale of Hayek -- Epilogue: towards a new tale?
    Abstract: This book examines the three historical master tales and questions their validity and relevance in today's moment of global disorientation which lacks a convincing and dominant economic narrative. Investigating the ideological dimension and exploring the continued impact of Marx, Keynes and Hayek, the authors demonstrate how these three economic narratives became entangled over time and under increasing complexity, overlapping and competing with each other. The book reflects on the meaning of the historical legacy of the three narratives and investigates their significance today. All three outlined the prospects for a better and more economically efficient world with increased social justice. Magnusson and Stråth argue that they constitute a legacy on which a new economic tale must be based, a legacy to draw on or confront. A concise and engaging work, this is an ideal resource for students and academics interested in economics, political science, history and global studies. A Brief History of Political Economy presents a powerful economic history of the last 170 years as a basis for economic reconsideration
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719548
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,664 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 320
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Keywords: Bankenregulierung ; Corporate Governance ; Bankmanagement ; Financial institutions Management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Stephen A. Buser, Andrew H. Chen and Edward J. Kane (1981), 'Federal Deposit Insurance, Regulatory Policy, and Optimal Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, XXXVI (1), March, 51-60 -- Michael C. Keeley (1990), 'Deposit Insurance, Risk, and Market Power in Banking', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1183-200 -- Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Enrica Detragiache (2002), 'Does Deposit Insurance Increase Banking System Stability? An Empirical Investigation', Journal of Monetary Economics, 49 (7), October, 1373-406 -- Michael Koehn and Anthony M. Santomero (1980), 'Regulation of Bank Capital and Portfolio Risk', Journal of Finance, XXXV (5), December, 1235-44 -- Daesik Kim and Anthony M. Santomero (1988), 'Risk in Banking and Capital Regulation', Journal of Finance, XLIII (5), December, 1219-33 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, LV (6), 2431-65 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'Is the Glass-Steagall Act Justified? A Study of the U.S. Experience with Universal Banking Before 1933', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 810-32 -- Jith Jayaratne and and Philip E. Strahan (1996), 'The Finance-Growth Nexus: Evidence from Bank Branch Deregulation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 111 (3), August, 639-70 -- Thomas F. Hellman, Kevin C. Murdock and Joseph E. Stiglitz (2000), 'Liberalization, Moral Hazard in Banking, and Prudential Regulation: Are Capital Requirements Enough?', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 147-65 -- Anjan V. Thakor (1996), 'Capital Requirements, Monetary Policy, and Aggregate Bank Lending: Theory and Empirical Evidence', Journal of Finance, LI (1), March, 279-324 -- Viral V. Acharya (2009), 'A Theory of Systemic Risk and Design of Prudential Bank Regulation', Journal of Financial Stability, 5 (3), September, 224-55 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2004), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best?', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13 (2), April, 205-48 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2013), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision in 180 Countries from 1999 to 2011', Journal of Financial Economic Policy, 5 (2), 111-219 -- Anthony Saunders, Elizabeth Strock and Nickolaos G. Travlos (1990), 'Ownership Structure, Deregulation, and Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Finance, XLV (2), June, 643-54 -- Gerard Caprio, Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2007), 'Governance and Bank Valuation', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 16 (4), October, 584-617 -- Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2009), 'Bank Governance, Regulation and Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 93 (2), August, 259-75 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2002), 'Government Ownership of Banks', Journal of Finance, LVII (1), February, 265-301 -- Gary Gorton and Richard Rosen (1995), 'Corporate Control, Portfolio Choice, and the Decline of Banking', Journal of Finance, L (5), December, 1377-420.
    Abstract: Joel F. Houston and Christopher James (1995), 'CEO Compensation and Bank Risk. Is Compensation in Banking Structured to Promote Risk Taking?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 36 (2), 405-31 -- Kose John, Anthony Saunders and Lemma W. Senbet (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Regulation and Management Compensation', Review of Financial Studies, 13 (1), January, 95-125 -- Renée B. Adams and Hamid Mehran (2012), 'Bank Board Structure and Performance: Evidence for Large Bank Holding Companies', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 243-67 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach and René M. Stulz (2011), 'Bank CEO Incentives and the Credit Crisis', Journal of Financial Economics, 99 (1), January, 11-26 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach, Robert Prilmeier and René M. Stulz (2012), 'This Time Is the Same: Using Bank Performance in 1998 to Explain Bank Performance during the Recent Financial Crisis', Journal of Finance, LXVII (6), December, 2139-85 -- Takeo Hoshi, Anil Kashyap and David Scharfstein (1991), 'Corporate Structure, Liquidity, and Investment: Evidence from Japanese Industrial Groups', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (1), February, 33-60 -- Gary Gorton and Frank A. Schmid (2000), 'Universal Banking and the Performance of German Firms', Journal of Financial Economics, 58 (1-2), 29-80 -- Allen N. Berger, Anthony Saunders, Joseph M. Scalise and Gregory F. Udell (1988), 'The Effects of Bank Mergers and Acquisitions on Small Business Lending', Journal of Financial Economics, 50 (2), November, 187-229 -- Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1991), 'The Dominance of Inefficiencies Over Scale and Product Mix Economies in Banking', Journal of Monetary Economics, 28 (1), August, 117-48 -- John H. Boyd and David E. Runkle (1993), 'Size and Performance of Banking Firms: Testing the Predictions of Theory', Journal of Monetary Economics, 31 (1), February, 47-67 -- John H. Boyd and Gianni De Nicoló (2005), 'The Theory of Bank Risk Taking and Competition Revisited', Journal of Finance, LX (2), June, 1329-43 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), 497-513 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2001), 'Liquidity Risk, Liquidity Creation, and Financial Fragility: A Theory of Banking', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (2), April, 287-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998) 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (1997), 'Contagion and Bank Failures During the Great Depression: The June 1932 Chicago Banking Panic', American Economic Review, 87 (5), December, 863-83 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- Donald P. Morgan (2002), 'Rating Banks: Risk and Uncertainty in an Opaque Industry', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 874-88 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Financial Intermediation, Loanable Funds, and the Real Sector', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXII (3), August, 663-91.
    Abstract: Andrea Beltratti and René M. Stulz (2012), 'The Credit Crisis Around the Globe: Why Did Some Banks Perform Better?', Journal of Financial Economics, 105 (1), July, 1-17 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez de Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and Finance', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 -- Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Ross Levine (2003), 'Law, Endowments, and Finance', Journal of Financial Economics, 70 (2), November, 137-81 -- Raghuram G. Rajan and Luigi Zingales (2003), 'The Great Reversals: The Politics of Financial Development in the Twentieth Century', Journal of Financial Economics, 69 (1), July, 5-50 -- Benjamin C. Esty (1998), 'The Impact of Contingent Liability on Commercial Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 47 (2), February, 189-218 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Philip E. Strahan (1999), 'What Drives Deregulation? Economics and Politics of the Relaxation of the Bank Branching Restrictions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (4), November, 1437-67 -- Asim Ijaz Khwaja and Atif Mian (2005), 'Do Lenders Favor Politically Connected Firms? Rent Provision in an Emerging Financial Market', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (4), November, 1371-411 -- I. Serdar Dinç (2005), 'Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Markets', Journal of Financial Economics, 77 (2), August, 453-79 -- Noel Maurer and Stephen Haber (2007), 'Related Lending and Economic Performance: Evidence from Mexico', Journal of Economic History, 67 (3), September, 551-81 -- Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales (2010), 'Paulson's Gift', Journal of Financial Economics, 97 (3), September, 339-68 -- Emmanuel Farhi and Jean Tirole (2012), 'Collective Moral Hazard, Maturity Mismatch, and Systemic Bailouts', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 60-93 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739.
    Abstract: This research review contains fifty influential articles published over the past four decades on the regulation and governance of financial institutions. Some contribute by making theoretical advances that enhance the conceptual framework through which economists view financial institutions, and others contribute by assembling data and evaluating the predictions of these different models. Including an original introduction, the papers provide a foundation for understanding and conducting additional research into the regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9781785369575
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Kdi/ewc series on economic policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Macroprudential regulation of international finance
    DDC: 332/.042
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzmarktaufsicht ; Finanzmarktregulierung ; International finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction and overview / Dongsoo Kang and Andrew Mason -- 2. Macroprudential policies: indicators and tools / Hyun Song Shin -- 3. Business and financial cycles in emerging markets: lessons for macroprudential policies / Stijn Claessens and Swati R. Ghosh -- 4. Capital controls: a pragmatic proposal / Maria Socorro Gochoco-Bautista and Changyong Rhee -- 5. Irrational expectations, financial amplification and prudential capital controls / Sangwon Suh and Jinsoo Lee -- 6. The optimal international reserves with sudden stop risks / Kyu-Chul Jung -- 7. International reserves for emerging economies at various angles / Jong-Eun Lee -- 8. Foreign currency liquidity risk and prudential regulation of banks / Joon-Ho Hahm and Sungbin Cho -- 9. Investment patterns of foreign bank branches in Korea and their role in the foreign exchange market / Dongsoo Kang and Daehee Jeong -- 10. The role of reserves in a small open economy: the case of New Zealand / Anella Munro and Michael Reddell -- 11. Facing volatile capital flows: the role of exchange rate flexibility and foreign assets / Rodrigo Cifuentes and Alejandro Jara -- 12. Risk hedging in Korea's financial markets: the impacts of foreign investment / Changwoo Nam.
    Abstract: Recent events, such as capital flow reversals and banking sector crises, have shaken faith in the widely held belief in the benefits of greater financial integration and financial deepening, which are typical in advanced economies. This book shows that emerging economies have occasionally weathered the storm best, despite the supposed burden of 'weak institutions'. Written by leading scholars and practitioners, the authors demonstrate that a better policy framework requires reliable indicators of vulnerability to financial instability. Using empirical evidence and case studies, the twelve chapters stress the necessity of improved policy tools and automatic stabilizers that anticipate and limit the vulnerabilities to financial crises. Cross-border capital flows, international reserves and foreign exchange markets are covered in depth. This timely book offers an insightful overview and policy solutions to the issues surrounding macroprudential regulation of economies in a globalized world. It is required reading for students and scholars of international finance and regulation
    Note: Contributors include: S. Cho, R. Cifuentes, S. Claessens, S.R. Ghosh, M.S. Gochoco-Bautista, J.-H. Hahm, A. Jara, D. Jeong, K.-C. Jung, D. Kang, J. Lee, J.-E. Lee, A. Mason, A. Munro, C. Nam, M. Reddell, C. Rhee, H.S. Shin, S. Suh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9781849805759
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Research and development partnership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Public research enterprises: the changing landscape -- 2. The scientific research process -- 3. Public good versus private good research: the empirical evidence -- 4. Crowding-in versus crowding-out of public good research -- 5. Knowledge creation and the research and development process -- 6. PPRPs: the benefits and risks of the bargain -- 7. Governance structures and collective decision making -- 8. Incomplete contracts and control premiums -- 9. Impure goods and the structure of contracts -- 10. The structural setting: the stages of research and development -- 11. Lessons and recommendations.
    Abstract: University research has played an essential role in economic growth by generating public good outputs that have not readily lent themselves to private market development. As funding for universities and governmental research units has declined, these institutions have turned to the private sector to augment their research and development budgets. This book presents a framework for structuring public-private research partnerships that protect both these institutions' academic freedom and the private firm's corporate interests. The authors present a four-stage framework that recognizes the critical role of 'control rights' and reveals how these rights can be effectively identified, valued, and allocated between research partners. The book provides a number of template designs for a variety of research partnerships, including tactics and strategies for implementing successful public-private research partnerships. It further provides case studies with examples of both successful and unsuccessful research partnerships. The book demonstrates that universities are empowered when they pursue private partners actively and when contracts preserve academic freedom, address confidentiality, specify intellectual property rights, define access to proprietary data, clarify the conflict resolution process, and address potential publication delays. This book is an essential and illuminating resource for academic researchers in economics and public policy departments, technology transfer offices, as well as others involved in university and public administration
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368288
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 324
    Keywords: Political corruption Economic aspects ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Pranab Bardhan (1997), 'Corruption and Development: A Review of Issues', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (3), September, 1320-46 -- Jakob Svensson (2005), 'Eight Questions about Corruption', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (3), Summer, 19-42, A1-A3 -- Toke S. Aidt (2003), 'Economic Analysis of Corruption: A Survey', Economic Journal, 113 (491), November, F632-F652 -- Vito Tanzi (1998), 'Corruption Around the World: Causes, Consequences, Scope, and Cures', IMF Staff Papers, 45 (4), December, 559-94 -- Daniel Kaufmann, Aart Kraay and Massimo Mastruzzi (2006), 'Measuring Governance Using Cross-Country Perceptions Data', in Susan Rose-Ackerman (ed.), International Handbook on the Economics of Corruption, Chapter 2, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 52-104 -- James E. Foster, Andrew W. Horowitz and Fabio Méndez (2012), 'An Axiomatic Approach to the Measurement of Corruption: Theory and Applications', World Bank Economic Review, 26 (2), June, 217-35 -- Benjamin A. Olken (2009), 'Corruption Perceptions vs. Corruption Reality', Journal of Public Economics, 93 (7-8), August, 950-64 -- Axel Dreher, Christos Kotsogiannis and Steve McCorriston (2007), 'Corruption Around the World: Evidence from a Structural Model', Journal of Comparative Economics, 35 (3), September, 443-66 -- Francis T. Lui (1985), 'An Equilibrium Queuing Model of Bribery', Journal of Political Economy, 93 (4), August, 760-81 -- Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1993), 'Corruption', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (3), August, 599-617 -- Toke S. Aidt and Jayasri Dutta (2008), 'Policy Compromises: Corruption and Regulation in a Democracy', Economics and Politics, 20 (3), November, 335-60 -- Christopher Bliss and Rafael Di Tella (1997), 'Does Competition Kill Corruption?', Journal of Political Economy, 105 (5), October, 1001-23 -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler (1974), 'Law Enforcement, Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, 3 (1), January, 1-18 -- Jean Tirole (1986), 'Hierarchies and Bureaucracies: On the Role of Collusion in Organizations', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (2), Fall, 181-214 -- Daron Acemoglu and Thierry Verdier (2000) 'The Choice between Market Failures and Corruption', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 194-211 -- Jens Chr. Andvig and Karl Ove Moene (1990), 'How Corruption May Corrupt', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 13 (1), 63-76 -- Theo Eicher, Cecilia García-Peñalosa and Tanguy van Ypersele (2009), 'Education, Corruption, and the Distribution of Income', Journal of Economic Growth, 14 (3), September, 205-31 -- Bård Harstad and Jakob Svensson (2011), 'Bribes, Lobbying, and Development', American Political Science Review, 105 (1), February, 46-63 -- Daniel Treisman (2007), 'What Have We Learned About the Causes Of Corruption from Ten Years of Cross-National Empirical Research?', Annual Review of Political Science, 10, 211-44.
    Abstract: Sascha O. Becker, Peter H. Egger and Tobias Seidel (2009), 'Common Political Culture: Evidence on Regional Corruption Contagion', European Journal of Political Economy, 25 (3), September, 300-10 -- Nauro F. Campos and Francesco Giovannoni (2007), 'Lobbying, Corruption and Political Influence', Public Choice, 131 (1-2), April, 1-21 -- Paolo Mauro (1995), 'Corruption and Growth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110 (3), August, 681-712 -- Nathaniel H. Leff (1964), 'Economic Development Through Bureaucratic Corruption', American Behavioral Scientist, 8 (3), November, 8-14 -- Pierre-Guillaume Méon and Laurent Weill (2010), 'Is Corruption an Efficient Grease?', World Development, 38 (3), March, 244-59 -- Martin Paldam (2002), 'The Cross-Country Pattern of Corruption: Economics, Culture and the Seesaw Dynamics', European Journal of Political Economy, 18 (2), June, 215-40 -- Toke Aidt, Jayasri Dutta and Vania Sena (2008), 'Governance Regimes, Corruption and Growth: Theory and Evidence', Journal of Comparative Economics, 36 (2), June, 195-220 -- Erich Gundlach and Martin Paldam (2009), 'The Transition of Corruption: From Poverty to Honesty', Economics Letters, 103 (3), June, 146-8 -- Ritva Reinikka and Jakob Svensson (2004), 'Local Capture: Evidence from a Central Government Transfer Program in Uganda', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (2), May, 679-705 -- Benjamin A. Olken (2007), 'Monitoring Corruption: Evidence from a Field Experiment in Indonesia', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (2), April, 200-49 -- Raymond Fisman and Edward Miguel (2007), 'Corruption, Norms, and Legal Enforcement: Evidence from Diplomatic Parking Tickets', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (6), December, 1020-48 -- Abigail Barr and Danila Serra (2010), 'Corruption and Culture: An Experimental Analysis', Journal of Public Economics, 94 (11-12), December, 862-69 -- Ritwik Banerjee, Tushi Baul and Tanya Rosenblat (2015), 'On Self Selection of the Corrupt into the Public Sector', Economics Letters, 127, February, 43-6 -- Claudio Ferraz and Frederico Finan (2008), 'Exposing Corrupt Politicians: The Effects of Brazil's Publicly Released Audits on Electoral Outcomes', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (2), May, 703-45.
    Abstract: Corruption is an almost universal and persistent feature of the modern state. Commentators primarily view corruption as a major obstacle to development, whereas dissenting voices claim that corruption has the power to facilitate trade that would otherwise not have taken place. Written by the editors, this research review provides an insightful discussion of the most significant works contributing to our understanding of this debate. Focusing on the key conceptual and theoretical issues, along with an examination of anti-corruption policies, this review is a valuable asset to scholars and academics alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786433053
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ferri, Piero, 1942 - Aggregate demand, inequality and instability
    DDC: 339.4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Makroökonomisches Modell ; Einkommensverteilung ; Vermögensverteilung ; Konjunktur ; Theorie ; Income distribution ; Distribution (Economic theory) ; Equality ; Income distribution ; Macroeconomics ; Electronic books ; Makroökonomie ; Gesamtwirtschaftliche Nachfrage ; Einkommensverteilung ; Soziale Ungleichheit ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I: basic concepts -- 2. Piketty's contribution -- 3. Measurement -- 4. Inequality and aggregate demand -- Part II: endogenous dynamics and instability -- 5. Aggregate demand, growth and instability -- 6. Wealth, public debt and instability -- 7. Recursive workhorses -- Part III: the macro inference of inequality -- 8. Rent, wealth and bubbles -- 9. A model with heterogeneous supply -- 10. Wealth and capital gains in financial markets -- Part IV: inequality, finance and instability -- 11. Inequality and the financial instability hypothesis -- 12. Instability in a regime switching model -- Part V: concluding remarks -- 13. A summary -- 14. The challenges.
    Abstract: This book studies the relationships between aggregate demand, inequality and instability. It extends the traditional approach by introducing wealth and inequality into a dynamic macroeconomic model. Furthermore, it examines the role that debt and financial instability can play in turbulent times such as the Great Recession and its aftermath. Unlike Piketty, the author analyses the relationships between instability and inequality, and the feedbacks from the latter to the former, in a system approach where real and monetary factors interact to generate complex patterns. The book does not discover 'iron laws' because the results depend on the nature of the model, the values of the parameters and the policy pursued. However, the role of inequality is proven to play a decisive role in shaping dynamics. Finally, the author discusses the link between medium and long-run problems, and the challenges that remain to be faced. Piero Ferri's original application of economic principles to the topic of inequality will make this book essential reading for all economists, particularly those of a macro orientation
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360589
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v. (2,608 p.))) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics 327
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of sovereign debt
    Keywords: Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Debts, Public ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert J. Barro (1974), 'Are Government Bonds Net Wealth?', Journal of Political Economy, 82 (6), November-December, 1095-117 -- Robert J. Barro (1979), 'On the Determination of the Public Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (5, Part 1), October, 940-71 -- Martin Feldstein (1985), 'Debt and Taxes in the Theory of Public Finance', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (2), November, 233-45 -- Jonathan Eaton and Mark Gersovitz (1981), 'Debt with Potential Repudiation: Theoretical and Empirical Analysis', Review of Economic Studies, XLVII (2), April, 289-309 -- Jonathan Eaton, Mark Gersovitz and Joseph E. Stiglitz (1986), 'The Pure Theory of Country Risk', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 481-513 -- Herschel I. Grossman and John B. Van Huyck, (1988), 'Sovereign Debt as a Contingent Claim: Excusable Default, Repudiation, and Reputation', American Economic Review, 78 (5), December, 1088-97 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'Sovereign Debt: Is to Forgive to Forget?', American Economic Review, 79 (1), March, 43-50 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'A Constant Recontracting Model of Sovereign Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (1), February, 155-78 -- Harold L. Cole and Patrick J. Kehoe (1998), 'Models of Sovereign Debt: Partial Versus General Reputations', International Economic Review, 39 (1), February, 55-70 -- Kenneth M. Kletzer and Brian D. Wright (2000), 'Sovereign Debt as Intertemporal Barter', American Economic Review, 90 (3), June, 621-39 -- John M. Veitch (1986), 'Repudiations and Confiscations by the Medieval State', Journal of Economic History, 46 (1), March, 31-6 -- J. Bradford De Long and Andrei Shleifer (1993), 'Princes and Merchants: European City Growth Before the Industrial Revolution', Journal Of Law and Economics, XXXVI (2), October, 671-702 -- James Conklin (1998), 'The Theory of Sovereign Debt and Spain under Philip II', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (3), June, 483-513 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2010), 'The Sustainable Debts of Philip II: A Reconstruction of Castile's Fiscal Position, 1566-1596', Journal of Economic History, 70 (4), December, 813-42 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Lending to the Borrower from Hell: Debt and Default in the Age of Philip II', Economic Journal, 121 (557), December, 1205-27, technical appendix -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Serial Defaults, Serial Profits: Returns to Sovereign Lending in Habsburg Spain, 1566-1600', Explorations in Economic History, 48 (1), January, 1-19 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2015), 'Risk Sharing with the Monarch: Contingent Debt and Excusable Defaults in the Age of Philip II, 1556-1598', Cliometrica, 9 (1), January, 49-75 -- Earl J. Hamilton (1947), 'Origin and Growth of the National Debt in Western Europe', American Economic Review, 37 (2), May, 118-30 -- David R. Weir (1989), 'Tontines, Public Finance, and Revolution in France and England, 1688-1789', Journal of Economic History, 49 (1), March, 95-124.
    Abstract: Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutional Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- David Stasavage (2002), 'Credible Commitment in Early Modern Europe: North and Weingast Revisited', Journal of Law Economics and Organization, 18 (1), April, 155-86 -- Kenneth A. Schultz and Barry R. Weingast (2003), 'The Democratic Advantage: Institutional Foundations of Financial Power in International Competition', International Organization, 57 (1), Winter, 3-42 -- Sebastian M. Saiegh (2005), 'Do Countries Have a 'Democratic Advantage"?: Political Institutions, Multilateral Agencies, and Sovereign Borrowing', Comparative Political Studies, 38 (4), May, 366-87 -- David Stasavage (2007), 'Cities, Constitutions, and Sovereign Borrowing in Europe, 1274-1785', International Organization, 61 (3), July, 489-525 -- Candace C. Archer, Glen Biglaiser and Karl DeRouen Jr. (2007), 'Sovereign Bonds and the 'Democratic Advantage": Does Regime Type Affect Credit Rating Agency Ratings in the Developing World?', International Organization, 61 (2), April, 341-65 -- Glen Biglaiser and Joseph L. Staats (2012), 'Finding the 'Democratic Advantage" in Sovereign Bond Ratings: The Importance of Strong Courts, Property Rights Protection, and the Rule of Law', International Organization, 66 (3), July, 515-35 -- Emanuel Kohlscheen (2007), 'Why Are There Serial Defaulters? Evidence from Constitutions', Journal of Law and Economics, 50 (4), November, 713-30 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo and Leonardo Martinez (2010), 'The Politics of Sovereign Defaults', Economic Quarterly, 96 (3), Third Quarter, 291-317 -- Atif Mian, Amir Sufi and Francesco Trebbi (2014), 'Resolving Debt Overhangs: Political Constraints in the Aftermath of Financial Crises', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 6 (2), April, 1-28 -- Mark Dincecco (2010), 'The Political Economy of Fiscal Prudence in Historical Perspective', Economics and Politics, 22 (1), March, 1-36 -- Michael D. Bordo (1999), 'International Rescues versus Bailouts: A Historical Perspective', Cato Journal, 18 (3), Winter, 363-75 -- John Joseph Wallis (2000), 'American Government Finance in the Long Run: 1790 to 1990', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 14 (1), Winter, 61-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Vincent R. Reinhart (2015), 'Financial Crises, Development, and Growth: A Long-Term Perspective', World Bank Economic Review, Annual Bank Conference on Development Economics 'The Role of Theory in Development Economics" June 2-3, 2014 Washington D.C., 29 (Supplement 1), April, S57-S76 -- Carmen M. Reinhart, Vincent R. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2012), 'Public Debt Overhangs: Advanced-Economy Episodes Since 1800', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 69-86 -- Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2012), 'Credit Booms Gone Bust: Monetary Policy, Leverage Cycles, and Financial Crises, 1870-2008', American Economic Review, 102 (2), April, 1029-61 -- Michael D. Bordo and Eugene N. White (1991), 'A Tale of Two Currencies: British and French Finance During the Napoleonic Wars', Journal of Economic History, 51 (2), June, 303-16 -- Marc Flandreau and Juan H. Flores (2009), 'Bonds and Brands: Foundations of Sovereign Debt Markets, 1820-1830', Journal of Economic History, 69 (3), September, 646-84 -- Gerardo della Paolera and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Sovereign Debt in Latin America, 1820-1913', Revista de Historia Económica/Journal of Iberian and Latin American Economic History, 31 (2), September, 173-217.
    Abstract: Richard Sicotte, Catalina Vizcarra and Kirsten Wandschneider (2010), 'Military Conquest and Sovereign Debt: Chile, Peru and the London Bond Market, 1876-1890', Cliometrica, 4 (3), October, 293-319 -- Marc D. Weidenmier (2005), 'Gunboats, Reputation, and Sovereign Repayment: Lessons from the Southern Confederacy', Journal of International Economics, 66 (2), July, 407-22 -- Michael D. Bordo and Hugh Rockoff (1992), 'The Gold Standard as a 'Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval"', Journal of Economic History, 56 (2), June, 389-428 -- Niall Ferguson and Moritz Schularick (2006), 'The Empire Effect: The Determinants of Country Risk in the First Age of Globalization, 1880-1913', Journal of Economic History, 66 (2), June, 283-312 -- Theodore Roosevelt (1904) 'President Theodore Roosevelt's Annual Message to Congress', delivered December 6th, 1904 -- Kris Mitchener and Marc Weidenmier (2005), 'Empire, Public Goods, and the Roosevelt Corollary', Journal of Economic History, 65 (3), September, 658-92 -- Kris James Mitchener and Marc D. Weidenmier (2010), 'Supersanctions and Sovereign Debt Repayment', Journal of International Money and Finance, 29 (1), February, 19-36 -- Barry Eichengreen and Ricardo Hausmann (1999) 'Exchange Rates and Financial Fragility' in Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (eds.), New Challenges for Monetary Policy, 329-68 -- Michael D. Bordo and Christopher M. Meissner (2006), 'The Role of Foreign Currency Debt in Financial Crises: 1880-1913 versus 1972-1997', Journal of Banking and Finance, 30 (12), December, 3299-329 -- Lyndon Moore and Jakub Kaluzny (2005), 'Regime Change and Debt Default: The Case of Russia, Austro-Hungary, and the Ottoman Empire following World War One', Explorations in Economic History, 42 (2), April, 237-58 -- Kim Oosterlinck and John S. Landon-Lane (2006), 'Hope Springs Eternal - French Bondholders and the Soviet Repudiation (1915-1919)', Review of Finance, 10 (4), 507-35 -- Barry Eichengreen and Richard Portes (1986), 'Debt and Default in the 1930s: Causes and Consequences', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 599-640 -- Barry Eichengreen (1991), 'Historical Research on International Lending and Debt', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 149-69 -- Peter Boone and Simon Johnson (2014), 'Forty Years of Leverage: What Have We Learned About Sovereign Debt?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 266-71 -- Paolo Manasse and Nouriel Roubini (2009), ''Rules for Thumb' for Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of International Economics, 78 (2), July, 192-205 -- Bergljot Barkbu, Barry Eichengreen and Ashoka Mody (2012), 'Financial Crises and the Multilateral Response: What the Historical Record Shows', Journal of International Economics, 88 (2), November, 422-35 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1984), 'The International Debt Problem', Cato Journal, 4 (1), Sping/Summer, 63-9 -- Jeffrey Sachs (1986), 'Managing the LDC Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 397-431 -- Jeffrey Sachs and Harry Huizinga (1987), 'U.S. Commercial Banks and the Developing-Country Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 555-601.
    Abstract: Jeremy Bulow (2002), 'First World Governments and Third World Debt', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, No. 1, 229-55 -- Allan H. Meltzer (2004), 'Argentina 2002: A Case of Government Failure', Cato Journal, 23 (1), Spring/Summer, 29-31 -- Eugenio Andrea Bruno (2006), 'The Failure of Debt-Based Development: Lessons from Argentina', Cato Journal, 26 (2), Spring/Summer, 357-65 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo, Leonardo Martinez and Horacio Sapriza (2007), 'The Economics of Sovereign Default', Economic Quarterly, 93 (2), Spring, 163-87 -- Ugo Panizza, Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2009), 'The Economics and Law of Sovereign Debt and Default', Journal of Economic Literature, 47 (3), September, 651-98 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2013), 'Empirical Research on Debt and Default', Annual Review of Economics, 5, August, 247-72 -- Fernando Broner, Alberto Martin and Jaume Ventura (2010), 'Sovereign Risk and Secondary Markets', American Economic Review, 100 (4), September, 1523-55 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2007), 'Do Countries Default in 'Bad Times'?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 352-60 -- Edward I. Altman and Herbert A. Rijken (2011), 'Toward a Bottom-Up Approach to Assessing Sovereign Default Risk', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 23 (1), Winter, 20-31 -- Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2008), 'Haircuts: Estimating Investor Losses in Sovereign Debt Restructurings, 1998-2005', Journal of International Money and Finance, 27 (5), September, 780-805 -- Juan J. Cruces and Christoph Trebesch (2013), 'Sovereign Defaults: The Price of Haircuts', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 5 (3), July, 85-117 -- Miguel Fuentes and Diego Saravia (2010), 'Sovereign Defaulters: Do International Capital Markets Punish Them?', Journal of Development Economics, 91 (2), March, 336-47 -- Eduardo Levy Yeyati and Ugo Panizza (2011), 'The Elusive Costs of Sovereign Defaults', Journal of Development Economics, 94 (1), January, 95-105 -- Alberto Alesina and David Dollar (2000), 'Who Gives Foreign Aid to Whom and Why?', Journal of Economic Growth, 5 (1), March, 33-63 -- Alberto Alesina and Beatrice Weder (2002), 'Do Corrupt Governments Receive Less Foreign Aid?', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 1126-37 -- Craig Burnside and David Dollar (2000), 'Aid, Policies and Growth', American Economic Review, 90 (4), September, 847-68 -- Robert J. Barro and Jong-Wha Lee (2005), 'IMF Programs: Who is Chosen and What Are the Effects?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 52 (7), October, 1245-69 -- William Easterly (2002), 'How Did Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Become Heavily Indebted? Reviewing Two Decades of Debt Relief', World Development, 30 (10), October, 1677-96 -- Serkan Arslanalp and Peter Blair Henry (2005), 'Is Debt Relief Efficient?', Journal of Finance, LX (2), April, 1017-51.
    Abstract: Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2007), 'Creditors' Losses Versus Debt Relief: Results From a Decade of Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 343-51 -- Rutsel Silvestre J. Martha (1990), 'Preferred Creditor Status under International Law: The Case of the International Monetary Fund', International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 39 (4), October, 801-26 -- Raghuram G. Rajan (2005), 'Institutional Reform and Sovereign Debt Crises', Cato Journal, 25 (1), Winter, 17-24 -- Nouriel Roubini and Jeffrey Sachs (1989), 'Government Spending and Budget Deficits in the Industrial Countries', Economic Policy, 4 (8), April, 99-132 -- Marina Azzimonti, Eva de Francisco and Vincenzo Quadrini (2014), 'Financial Globalization, Inequality, and the Rising Public Debt', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2267-302 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739 -- Mark Aguiar, Manuel Amador, Emmanuel Farhi and Gita Gopinath (2014), 'Sovereign Debt Booms in Monetary Unions', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 101-6 -- Laurence J. Kotlikoff (2004), 'Fiscal Policy and the Future of the Euro', Cato Journal, 24 (1-2), Spring/Summer, 51-5 -- Jerome L. Stein (2011), 'The Diversity of Debt Crises in Europe', Cato Journal, 31 (2), Spring/Summer, 199-215 -- Philip R. Lane (2012), 'The European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 49-67 -- Kevin H. O'Rourke and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Cross of Euros', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27 (3), March, 167-91 -- John Beirne and Marcel Fratzscher (2013), 'The Pricing of Sovereign Risk and Contagion During the European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of International Money and Finance, 34, April, 60-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2010), 'Growth in a Time of Debt', American Economic Review, 100 (2), May, 573-78 -- Thomas Herndon, Michael Ash and Robert Pollin (2014), 'Does High Public Debt Consistently Stifle Economic Growth? A Critique of Reinhart and Rogoff', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 38 (2), December, 257-79 -- Ugo Panizza and Andrea F. Presbitero (2013), 'Public Debt and Economic Growth in Advanced Economies: A Survey', Swiss Journal of Economics in Statistics, 149 (2), 175-204 -- Anja Baum, Cristina Checherita-Westphal and Philipp Rother (2013), 'Debt and Growth: New Evidence from the Euro Area', Journal of International Money and Finance, 32, February, 809-21 -- Alan J. Auerbach, Jagadeesg Gokhale and Laurence J. Kotlikoff (1994), 'Generating Accounting: A Meaningful Way to Evaluate Fiscal Policy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (1), Winter, 73-94 -- Pierre Lemieux (2013), 'American and European Welfare States: Similar Causes, Similar Effects', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 227-32 -- Michael Tanner (2013), 'Is America Becoming Greece?', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 211-25.
    Abstract: John H. Cochrane (2011), 'Inflation and Debt', National Affairs, Fall, 56-78 -- Carmen Reinhart and M. Belen Sbrancia (2015), 'The Liquidation of Government Debt', Economic Policy, 30 (82), April, 291-333 -- James M. Buchanan (1986), 'The Ethics of Debt Default', in James M. Buchanan, Charles K. Rowley and Robert D. Tollison (eds.), Deficit, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 361-73 -- Geoffrey Brennan and Giuseppe Eusepi (2002), 'The Dubious Ethics of Debt Default', Public Finance Review, 30 (6), November, 546-61 -- Seema Jayachandran and Michael Kremer (2006), 'Odious Debt', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 82-92 -- Albert H. Choi and Eric A. Posner (2007), 'A Critique of the Odious Debt Doctrine', Law and Contemporary Problems, 70 (3), Summer, 33-51 -- Nouriel Roubini (2002), 'Do We Need a New Bankruptcy Regime?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1, 321-33 -- Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'Will the Sovereign Debt Market Survive?', American Economic Review, 93 (2), May, 85-90 -- Rohan Pitchford and Mark L. J. Wright (2012), 'Holdouts in Sovereign Debt Restructuring: A Theory of Negotiation in a Weak Contractual Environment', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (2), April, 812-37 -- Robert W. Kolb (2015), 'The Virtue of Vultures: Distressed Debt Investors in the Sovereign Debt Market', Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies, 40 (4), Winter, 368-412.
    Abstract: This extensive research review discusses more than one hundred of the very best and most influential scholarly articles on the sovereign debt of central governments around the world. It examines discussions of the debt of many emerging nations as well as the largest sovereign debtors in the world thus providing a thorough understanding of sovereign debt as seen by the best economists from around the world. This research review is an essential tool to libraries, academic institutions, economic scholars and students alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Europe's disappearing middle class?
    DDC: 305.6
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittelschicht ; Soziale Lage ; EU-Staaten ; Middle class ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Verkleinerung
    Abstract: 1. Is the world of work behind middle class reshuffling? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead, Rosalie Vazquez-Alvarez and Nicolas Maitre -- 2. Is the world of work stimulating middle class growth in the Baltic states? / Jaan Masso, Inta Mierina and Kerly Espenberg -- 3. Social concertation and middle class stability in Belgium / Sarah Kuypers and Ive Marx -- 4. Transformation in the world of work and the middle class: the French experience / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. The erosion of the German middle class: the end of the 'levelled-out, middle class society'? / Gerhard Bosch and Thorsten Kalina -- 6. The Greek middle classes facing an uncertain future / Maria Karamessini and Stefanos Giakoumatos -- 7. Is Hungary still in search of its middle class? / István György Tóth -- 8. Middle incomes in boom and bust: the Irish experience / Bertrand Maître and Brian Nolan -- 9. The middle class in Italy: reshuffling, erosion, polarization / Annamaria Simonazzi and Teresa Barbieri -- 10. Stagnating incomes and the middle class in the Netherlands: running to stand still? / Wiemer Salverda -- 11. Still holding on? inequality, labour market and middle income groups in Portugal / Pilar González, António Figueiredo, Hugo Figueiredo and Luis Delfim Santos -- 12. Knocking on heaven's door: changes in the world of work and the middle class in Spain / Rafael Muñoz-De-Bustillo and José-Ignacio Antón -- 13. The rise and fall of the Swedish middle class? / Dominique Anxo -- 14. How have middle-income households fared in unequal Britain? a focus on work and employment trends / Damian Grimshaw and Anthony Rafferty.
    Abstract: While recent studies have highlighted the phenomenon and risks of increased inequalities between the top and the bottom of society, little research has so far been carried out on trends relating to the median income range that generally represents the middle class. This volume examines the following questions: what are the main transformations in the world of work over the last 20 years in terms of the labour market, social dialogue and conditions of work, wages and incomes that may have affected the middle class? How has the middle class been altered by the financial and economic crisis? What are the long-term trends for the middle class in Europe? This volume also investigates the potential risks and effects of the reshuffling, or even weakening, of the middle class. On the social side, it explores the ramifications of further retrenchment of the European Social Model, which to a great extent has traditionally been funded by the middle class. On the economic side, the book investigates whether this process - especially from the perspective of consumption and human capital - is endangering the long-term sustainability of the current economic model. While presenting evidence of a definite erosion of the middle class, this book assesses the specific situation in each individual EU member state on the basis of detailed statistics and case studies of professional categories that traditionally represent the middle class. This book issues a timely warning about the latest trends and prospects for the middle class in Europe. On this basis, it presents policy considerations and options that will be useful to policy-makers for ensuring the future of the middle class in Europe. Scholars and researchers of European studies and social policy, especially from a sustainability perspective, will find this volume to be an invaluable reference
    Note: Contributors include: J.I. Antón, D. Anxo, T. Barbieri, G. Bosch, P. Courtioux, C. Erhel, K. Espenberg, A. Figueiredo, H. Figueiredo, S. Giakoumatos, P. González, D. Grimshaw, T. Kalina, M. Karamessini, S. Kuypers, B. Maître, N. Maitre, I. Marx, J. Masso, I. Mierina, R. Muñoz-de-Bustillo Llorente, B. Nolan, A. Rafferty, W. Salverda, L.D. Santos, A. Simonazzi, I.G. Tóth, D. Vaughan-Whitehead, R. Vazquez-Alvarez , Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785364068
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Emerging Asian economies and MNCs strategies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Schwellenländer ; Asien ; International business enterprises ; Asia Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Wirtschaftliche Lage
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Robert Taylor -- Part I: overall overview -- 2. Emerging Asian economies and MNC strategies: a review of the literature / Bernadette Andreosso-O'Callaghan -- 3. Regional production networks in Asia - a focus on china, japan and korea / Françoise Nicolas -- 4. Selected Asian countries and the food supply chain (between food security and food safety) / Maria Bruna Zolin -- Part II: China and Chinese MNEs -- 5. A correlation of China's economic growth and trade structure induced by transaction costs / Quoqin Zhao and Sam Dzever -- 6. MNCs' offshore R&D co-location strategies: comparison of Western and Asian firms in China / Pei Yu and Jean-Louis Mucchielli -- 7. Chinese MNEs direct investment in the European Union against the background of the Euro crisis / Bernadette Andreosso-O'Callaghan and Christopher Dathe -- 8. Expatriation policies of Chinese emerging MNCs / Jacques Jaussaud and Wei Wei -- Part III: emerging MNEs from other Asian countries -- 9. The transatlantic free trade area: Asean's perspective / Utai Uprasen -- 10. Innovation performance in the small and medium enterprises of India - evidence from the food processing industry / Bhumika Gupta and Jeayaram Subramanian -- 11. The emergence of Samsung as a global ICT player / Nigel Callinan -- 12. Conclusion / Robert Taylor.
    Abstract: Analysing the role of multinational investors in emerging Asian economies and the implications for regional economic integration, this astute study examines the increasing role being played by Asian countries in the global economy. Encompassing a large number of diverse manufacturing and service sectors, this book highlights the cultural and strategic challenges faced by multinational investors in the region in which they invest. It shows that despite high rates of economic growth in Asian countries presenting multinational traders and investors with unparalleled market opportunities, there have been only tentative moves towards regional economic integration. Areas such as trade facilitation, uniform customs clearance, removal of non-tariff barriers and labour deployment issues are yet to be adequately addressed. Multifaceted and multidimensional in approach, Emerging Asian Economies and MNCs Strategies will appeal to students and scholars of Asian economies and business management in the region. Its presentation of the sociopolitical and investment environment will also prove invaluable in informing business investors targeting Southeast Asian markets
    Note: Contributors include: B. Andreosso-O'Callaghan, N. Callinan, C. Dathe, S. Dzever, W. Feng, B. Gupta, J. Jaussaud, J.-L. Mucchielli, F. Nicolas, R. Taylor, U. Uprasen, W. Wei, P. Yu, G. Zhao, B. Zolin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783470464
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (424 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of employment relations in sport
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Profisport ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Sportökonomik ; Professional sports Law and legislation ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Berufssport ; Sportwirtschaft ; Management ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Arbeitsrecht
    Abstract: 1. Sidelined: employment relations in professional sports / Michael Barry, James Skinner and Terry Engelberg -- Part I the regulation of professional sports -- 2. The regulation of professional football at the European Union level. Towards supranational employment relations in the football industry? / Berndt Keller -- 3. Performance expectations, contracts and job security / Peter Von Allmen and John Solow -- 4. Making sense of labour regulation in Major League Baseball: some insights from regulatory theory / Matt Nichol -- 5. Regulating player agents / Lisa Masteralexis -- Part II the employment relations of professional sports -- 6. The evolution of collective bargaining in sports / James B. Dworkin -- 7. Arbitration, negotiation and contracts in sport / Jack Anderson -- 8. Industrial action in professional sport: strikes and lockouts / Craig Depken III -- 9. Power games: understanding the true nature of season ending labour disputes in Major League Baseball and the National Hockey League / Peter Bouris and Rafael Gomez -- Part III the management of professional sports and sporting careers -- 10. The game of (your) life: professional sports careers / Christine Coupland -- 11. If you want to play sport professionally, which sport should you choose? / Greg Maynes, Heather Mitchell, Peter Schuwalow and Mark Stewart -- 12. Discrimination issues and related law / Klaus Vieweg and James A.R. Nafziger -- 13. Hiding in plain sight: sexual harassment in sport / Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- 14. The evolution of anti-doping policy: workplace implications for athletes / James Skinner, Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- Part IV the economics of professional sports -- 15. Player trades, free agents and transfer polices in professional sport / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch -- 16. Similarities and differences between competitive balance and uncertainty of outcome: a simple comparison of recent history in the NBA and NFL / Rodney Paul and Andrew Weinbach -- 17. Playing quotas / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch.
    Abstract: Employment relations, much discussed in other industries, has often been neglected in professional sports despite its unique characteristics. The book aims to explore in detail the unique nature of the employment relationship in professional sports and the sport industry. In four parts the book examines, firstly the regulation of sporting competition both within and across sporting codes; secondly a range of employment law issues such as how contracting and negotiation are handled, how disputes are resolved, and the role of sporting representatives such as player associations. The third section discusses the economic issues related to employment such as transfers, drafts and efforts to achieve "competitive balance". The final section of the book explores contemporary issues in sports management and governance, including anti-discrimination and anti-doping policy. Through this analysis the book identifies the complex and unique issues surrounding employment relations within professional sports and the sport industry
    Note: Contributors include: J. Anderson, M. Barry, P. Bouris, C. Coupland, C. Depken III, J.B. Dworkin, T. Engelberg, S. Gardiner, R. Gomez, B. Keller, L. Masteralexis, G. Maynes, H. Mitchell, S. Moston, J.A.R. Nafziger, M. Nichol, R. Paul, P. Schuwalow, J. Skinner, J. Solow, M. Stewart, K. Vieweg, P. Von Allmen, A. Weinbach, R. Welch , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781784711184
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of qualitative research methods on human resource management
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Sozialforschung ; Qualitative Methode ; Personnel management Methodology ; Personnel management Research ; Methodology ; Qualitative research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Humanvermögen ; Personalentwicklung ; Forschungsmethode ; Qualitative Methode ; Personalpolitik
    Abstract: 1. Qualitative research in HRM: innovation over stagnation / Keith Townsend, Rebecca Loudoun and David Lewin -- Section I designing qualitative projects -- 2. The role of qualitative methods in mixed methods designs / Roslyn Cameron -- 3. Anchoring qualitative methods for longitudinal studies / Rebecca Loudoun and Keith Townsend -- 4. Autoethnography: a novel way to study HRM / Sally Sambrook -- Section II innovations in data sources -- 5. Using legal research methods in human resource management research / Richard Johnstone -- 6. The use of news media as a data source in HRM research: exploring society's perceptions / Sheryl Ramsay, Sara Branch and Jacqueline Ewart -- 7. Netnographical methods and the challenge of researching hidden and secretive employee social media practices / James Richards -- 8. Doing historical research in human resource management: with some reflections on an academic career / Peter Ackers -- 9. Thinking about philosophical methods in human resources / Kerrie L. Unsworth and Matthew T. Hardin -- Section III innovations in data collection methods -- 10. An experiment with 'the miracle question': an innovative data collection technique in HR research / Keith Townsend -- 11. Using photo-elicitation to understand experiences of work-life balance / Catherine Cassell, Fatima Malik and Laura Radcliffe -- 12. Using qualitative repertory grid interviews to gather shared perspectives in a sequential mixed methods research design / Céline Rojon, Mark N.K. Saunders and Almuth Mcdowall -- 13. Free verbal associations - measuring what people think about employee participation / Werner Nienhueser -- 14. Using qualitative diaries to uncover the complexities of daily experiences / Laura S. Radcliffe -- 15. Autoethnographic vignettes in HRM / Mark Learmonth and Michael Humphreys -- Section IV innovative data analysis -- 16. Computer supported qualitative research / Julie Cogin and Ju Li Ng -- 17. Cross-cultural HRM research: the potential of causal cognitive mapping / Gail Clarkson -- 18. Deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job- holders: an illustrative example / Richard Winter.
    Abstract: Human resource management as a field of research is a broad church, with a wide variety of research methods in use. This Handbook focuses on qualitative research methods and explores the opportunities and challenges of new technologies for innovating data collection and data analysis. The editors have brought together 18 chapters, written by some of the world's leading researchers in their field. They begin with the importance of good project design and then move on to reflect on innovations and developments in data sources, such as netnographical methods, legal research methods, the use of news media, and historical research. They go on to outline innovations in data collection methods with particular pertinence to key HRM topics. Finally, the contributors explore innovative data analysis, looking at the importance of computer-supported qualitative research, causal cognitive mapping and deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job-holders. This Handbook is an invaluable tool for students, researchers and academics in the field of human resource management
    Note: Contributors include: P. Ackers, S. Branch, R. Cameron, C. Cassell, G. Clarkson, J. Cogin, J. Ewart, M.T. Hardin, M. Humphreys, R. Johnstone, M. Learmonth, D. Lewin, R. Loudoun, F. Malik, A. McDowall, J.L. Ng, W. Nienhüeser, L.S. Radcliffe, S. Ramsay, J. Richards, C. Rojon, S. Sambrook, M.N.K. Saunders, K. Townsend, K.L. Unsworth, R. Winter , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711795
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on corporate governance in financial institutions
    DDC: 332.10688
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Bank ; Welt ; Corporate governance ; Financial institutions ; Electronic books ; Kreditinstitut ; Bank ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Introduction and overview / Christine A. Mallin -- Part I Corporate governance in Europe -- 1. An evolutionary overview of the ownership, governance and strategy of Mediobanca: from the kingmaker of Italian capitalism to a large financial conglomerate / Francesca Cuomo and Alessandro Zattoni -- 2. The Co-operative Bank: what went wrong? / Chris Mallin -- 3. Remuneration-based incentives in a global bank before and after Lehman - the case of Deutsche Bank / Stefan Prigge -- Part II Corporate governance in the USA and South America -- 4. CEO compensation in US financial institutions / Martin J. Conyon and Lerong He -- 5. Regulation, ownership and corporate governance in Brazilian banks / Rafael F. Schiozer and Paolo R.S. Terra -- Part III Corporate governance in the Asia Pacific -- 6. Corporate governance of Japanese banks / Christina L. Ahmadjian -- 7. Corporate governance of China's city commercial banks / On Kit Tam, Hsin-Yu Liang and Kuo-Jen Chang -- 8. Failure in corporate governance - financial planning and greed / Gail Pearson -- Part IV Corporate governance: additional dimensions -- 9. Determinants of corporate governance in Russian banks / Inessa Love and Botir Okhunjanov -- 10. Corporate governance practices in the Nigerian banking industry / Chris Ogbechie -- 11. Corporate governance in Islamic financial institutions: what have we learnt? / Hisham Farag.
    Abstract: The global financial crisis has led to more and more focus on corporate governance and financial institutions. There has been much coverage in the media about various corporate governance-related issues in banks and other financial institutions, such as executive directors' remuneration and bankers' bonuses, board composition and board diversity. This book, dedicated to the corporate governance of banks and other financial institutions, makes a timely and accessible contribution to the literature in this area. The contributors are experts in their field with in-depth knowledge of the various countries covered in this book, including Italy, the UK, Germany, the US, China, Japan, Brazil, Russia, Australia and Nigeria, plus a chapter on Islamic financial institutions. Overall, the engagingly written chapters highlight many of the shortcomings of corporate governance which have led to financial scandals, whilst indicating areas where corporate governance can be strengthened and improved. Adding depth and accessibility to existing corporate governance books, this Handbook is ideal as a teaching and learning tool for undergraduate and postgraduate students. For directors and the general business and wider stakeholder communities concerned with corporate governance, it is an essential resource
    Note: Contributors include: C.L. Ahmadjian, K.-J. Chang, M.J. Conyon, F. Cuomo, H. Farag, L. He, H.-Y Liang, I. Love, C.A. Mallin, C. Ogbechie, B. Okhunjanov, G. Pearson, S. Prigge, R.F. Schiozer, O.K. Tam, P.R.S. Terra, A. Zattoni , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365553
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Mittelstandspolitik ; Entrepreneurship ; Europa ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka -- Part I innovation -- 2. Innovation processes in adverse institutional settings: connectedness and disconnectedness in three regions of Ukraine / Christos Kalantaridis. Svitlana Slava, Olga Savchenko and Oleksandra Gumenna -- 3. Smart specialisation as a development opportunity for the peripheral regions of eastern poland / Anna Rogut and Bogdan Piasecki -- Part II entrepreneurial activity and regional development -- 4. Entrepreneurship and industrial policy in Ireland / Colm O'Gorman and Declan Curran -- 5. Towards Europe: the small business charter and sme policy up-grading in the western Balkans / Stephen Roper and Anita Richter -- 6. Is Estonia becoming better home for "born globals"? / Tõnis Mets -- Part III entrepreneurship and SME policy -- 7. Entrepreneurial activity of the Russian population: factors of cross-regional diversity - methodology, indicators, preliminary findings / Alexander Chepurenko, Vladimir Elakhovskiy and Ekaterina Popovskaya -- 8. Entrepreneurial perceptions and entrepreneurial activity in core and peripheral regions in Estonia / Urve Venesaar and Merle Küttim -- 9. The capitalization of new firms: exploring the influence of entrepreneurial characteristics on start-up finance / Paul Robson, Tyler Chamberlin and Mark Freel -- 10. Conclusions / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship and innovation are arguably the main drivers of economic development today. This book explores the two in depth, at both the national and regional levels, using a variety of methodologies. The expert contributors discuss the subject from a policy perspective, with case studies from a host of countries including new member states of the EU as well as established EU member states. Split into three parts, the book focuses on: innovation, entrepreneurial activity and regional development, and entrepreneurship and SME policy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of entrepreneurship and related subjects as well as to practitioners and policy-makers in the field
    Note: Contributors include: T. Chamberlin, A. Chepurenko, D. Curran, V. Elakhovskiy, M. Freel, O. Gumenna, C. Kalantaridis, M. Kuttim, T. Mets, C. O'Gorman, B. Piasecki, E. Popovskaya, A. Richter, P. Robson, A. Rogut, S. Roper, O. Savchenko, S. Slava, U. Venesaar , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364884
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial process and social networks
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Sozialkapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Netzwerkökonomik ; Entrepreneurship ; Social networks ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk
    Abstract: Introduction / Alain Fayolle, Sarah Jack, Wadid Lamine and Didier Chabaud -- Part I the evolution of networks across entrepreneurial stages -- 1. Entrepreneurial network composition and the venture creation process: an empirical investigation / Tammi Redd, Michael A. Abebe and Sibin Wu -- 2. Dynamic social networks of entrepreneurs: five years of change in the networks of Dutch entrepreneurs / Marianne De Beer, Gerald Mollenhorst and Veronique Schutjens -- 3. Social networks of the entrepreneur and formation of business opportunities: an exploratory study / Didier Chabaud and Joseph Ngijol -- 4. Start-ups repositioning in business networks / Lise Aaboen and Frida Lind -- Part II formal networks: a new research agenda? -- 5. Business and professional networks: scope and outcomes in oxfordshire / Helen Lawton-Smith and Malika Virahsawmy -- 6. Women entrepreneurs and the process of networking as social exchange / Claire M Leitch, Richard T. Harrison and Frances M. Hill -- 7. Cooperation vs. coordination relations in SME's network: a new view of collective strategy dynamics / Christophe Leyronas and Stéphanie Loup -- Part III context: a benign neglect? -- 8. The competitiveness of entrepreneurial firms from a network perspective / Christian Lechner -- 9. The role of family members in entrepreneurial networks: beyond the boundaries of the family firm / Alistair R. Anderson, Sarah L. Jack and Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd -- 10. Network structures of nascent entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of advisor networks in mena countries / Sarfraz Mian and Shahid Qureshi -- 11. Ubuntu in family businesses: a case in the Democratic Republic of the Congo / Albert B. R. Lwango -- Part IV debates and perspectives: theoretical challenges -- 12. Entrepreneurial mingling secrets: investigating the performance impact of network structure for control-based entrepreneurship using agent-based simulation / Willem Jansen, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 13. Entrepreneurial social network and actor-network theory / Wadid Lamine; Alain Fayolle and Hela Chebbi.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is undoubtedly a social process and creating a firm requires both the mobilization of social networks and the use of social capital. This book addresses the gap that exists between the need to take these factors into consideration and the understanding of how network relationships are developed and transformed across the venturing process. Expert contributions from key scholars in the field illustrate how social networks evolve across entrepreneurial stages, using studies from different regions across the world. Offering a comprehensive understanding, they emphasize the role of formal networks created inside professions and firms. Also examined is the impact of context, including both family and internationally variable institutions, that can help entrepreneurs to access resources and competencies useful for their projects. The book concludes by emphasizing the various research challenges: which theories are useful for our endeavours and which new methods can be used to understand the dynamics of the venturing process? Dynamic and eminently practical, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students studying the entrepreneurial process and the impact of social networks. It will also prove a useful tool in aiding entrepreneurs to optimize the development of their networks and better manage their entrepreneurial processes
    Note: Contributors include: L. Aaboen, M.A. Abebe, A.R. Anderson, M. Brettel, D. Chabaud, H. Chebbi, M. de Beer, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, A. Fayolle, R.T. Harrison, F.M. Hill, S.L. Jack, W. Jansen, W. Lamine, H. Lawton-Smith, C. Lechner, C.M. Leitch, C. Leyronas, F. Lind, S. Loup, A.B.R. Lwango, R. Mauer, S. Mian, G. Mollenhorst, J. Ngijol, S. Qureshi, T. Redd, V. Schutjens, M. Virahsawmy, S. Wu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9781784717384
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Academic spin-offs and technology transfer in Europe
    DDC: 338.4/73784
    Keywords: Ausgründung ; Technologietransfer ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Erfolgsfaktor ; Europa ; USA ; Academic spin-outs ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Höheres Bildungswesen ; Technologiemanagement ; Spin-off-Unternehmensgründung
    Abstract: Introduction: what is the current state of knowledge transfer at research institutions in Europe, what are the main challenges and why does it matter? / Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel -- Part I shaping the ecosystem -- 1. I3P as university business incubator - a dual mission in technology transfer and start-up ecosystem development / Marco Cantamessa -- 2. Strategies for designing new venture units in complex contexts / Elco van Burg, Isabelle M.M.J. Reymen, A. Georges L. Romme and Victor A. Gilsing -- 3. TU Berlin - an entrepreneurial university in an entrepreneurial city / Matthias Mrozewski, Agnes Von Matuschka, Jan Kratzer and Gunter Festel -- Part II supporting and coaching spin-offs -- 4. Systematic spin-off processes in university-industry ecosystems / Helmut Schönenberger -- 5. Supporting new spin-off ventures - experiences from a university start-up program / Magnus Klofsten and Erik Lundmark -- 6. 'Intrapreneurship at the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft': how to stimulate greater entrepreneurship among researchers / Julia Bauer, Matthias Keckl, Thorsten Lambertus and Björn Schmalfuss -- Part III financing spin-offs and technology transfer -- 7. Incubation to address the 'innovation gap' / Ulrich Mahr and Florian Kirschenhofer -- 8. The seed challenge / Michael Brandkamp -- Part IV innovative tools for technology transfer -- 9. Founding angels as an emerging angel investment model to support early stage high-tech spin-offs / Gunter Festel -- 10. Flipping the knowledge transfer model using start-ups: how entrepreneurs can stimulate faster adoption of academic knowledge / Sven H. De Cleyn and Frank Gielen -- 11. Stimulating student entrepreneurship within a traditional university model: the AU-student incubator as a case / Mia L. Justesen, Rajiv V. Basaiawmoit, Flemming K. Fink and Kirstine V. Moltzen -- Part V international perspective on academic spin-offs and technology transfer -- 12. What Europe still has to learn from the US in academic innovation / Hervé Lebret -- Part V conclusion -- 13. Academic spin-offs and technology transfer in Europe - concluding insights and outlook / Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel.
    Abstract: While the US has traditionally been successful in commercialising new technologies, Europe is confronted with an increasing dependency upon fast developing technologies like biotechnology or ICT, despite having some of the best universities in the world. This book will explore the key attributes of commercialising academic knowledge, focusing on spin-offs. Bringing together the visions and best practices used by leading academics and professionals across Europe, Sven H. De Cleyn and Gunter Festel offer new and practical insights on technology transfer in an attempt to resolve the European Paradox. Innovative contributions provide new insights into the special approaches used by European institutes when it comes to fostering and supporting technology transfer activities and the creation of new academic spin-off ventures. This book illustrates the tools they have developed via compelling examples of successful corporate alliances with academic institutes and public research organisations. Practical and insightful, this book will appeal to researchers, policy-makers and educators interested in technology transfer and high-tech entrepreneurship. Investors will also gain from a greater understanding of the benefits of academic spin-offs and technology transfer offices will find a wealth of information to help improve operations for their creation
    Note: Contributors include: J. Bauer, M. Brandkamp, M. Cantamessa, S.H. De Cleyn, G. Festel, F.K. Fink, F. Gielen, V.A. Gilsing, M.L. Justesen, M. Keckl, M. Klofsten, F. Kirschenhofer, J. Kratzer, T. Lambertus, H. Lebret, E. Lundmar, U. Mahr, K.V. Moltzen, M. Mrozewski, I.M.M.J. Reymen, A.G.L. Romme, B. Schmalfuss, H. Schönenberger, R.V. Basaiawmoit, E. van Burg, A. von Matuschka , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9781784716066
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The social enterprise zoo
    DDC: 361.765
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Forward / Dana Brakman-Reiser -- Preface / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer -- Part I: concepts and content -- 1. Introduction / Dennis R. Young and Cassady V. Brewer -- 2. Designing the zoo / Dennis R. Young and Wesley Longhofer -- 3. The ongoing evolution in social enterprise legal forms / Cassady V. Brewer -- Part II: how the zoo functions -- 4. Habitats in the zoo / Janelle A. Kerlin, Thema Monroe-White, and Sandy Zook -- 5. Ecologies within habitats of the zoo / Elizabeth A.M. Searing, Jesse D. Lecy, and Fredrik O. Andersson -- 6. Changes over the life cycles of social enterprise animals / Jesse Lecy and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- Part III: managing and governing the zoo -- 7. The role of social entrepreneurs in the social enterprise zoo / Dennis R. Young and Jesse Lecy -- 8. Feeding the animals / Elizabeth A.M. Searing and Dennis R. Young -- 9. Governing the zoo / Francesca Calo and Simon Teasdale -- Part IV: performance of the zoo -- 10. Social innovation in the zoo / Thema Monroe-White and Jesse D. Lecy -- 11. Resiliency and stability of the zoo animals / Jung-In Soh, Elizabeth A.m. Searing, and Dennis R. Young -- 12. Social impact of the social enterprise zoo / John E. Tyler III -- Conclusion implications for research, policy, and practice / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer.
    Abstract: The Social Enterprise Zoo employs the metaphor of the zoo to gain a more comprehensive understanding of social enterprise: the diversity of its forms; the various ways it is organized in different socio-political environments; how different forms of enterprise behave, interact, and thrive; and what lessons can be drawn for the future development and study of organizations that seek to balance social or environmental impact with economic success. After setting the stage with a thorough introduction, top scholars explore the different ways that social enterprises can be classified, nurtured, and understood. The book not only details the legal forms utilized in social enterprise and the social entrepreneurs involved in them, but it also addresses the reasons for the success or failure of these activities and looks at the ecologies in which they operate. The "zookeepers," such as governments and the regulatory regimes they establish, are compared and the important roles they play are examined. The volume concludes with a look at the future of social enterprise, providing suggestions for further research and implications for policy and practice. This innovative and accessible book is recommended for students, researchers, policymakers, entrepreneurs and managers of social purpose organizations
    Note: Contributors include: F.O. Andersson, D. Brakman-Reiser, C.V. Brewer, F. Calo, J.A. Kerlin, J.D. Lecy, W. Longhofer, T. Monroe-White, E.A.M. Searing, J.-I. Soh, S. Teasdale, J.E. Tyler III, D.R. Young, S. Zook , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857939296
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Psychology, Industrial ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I introduction -- 1. Towards a discursive research agenda for organizational psychology / Patrizia Hoyer, Chris Steyaert and Julia C. Nentwich -- 2. Mapping the field: key themes in discursive organizational psychology / Julia C. Nentwich, Patrizia Hoyer and Chris Steyaert -- Part II participation and change -- 3. Divergence and convergence in multi-party collaboration: 'moving the paradox on' / Anna-Katrin Heydenreich -- 4. Performing participation: re-assembling a new museum / Christoph Michels -- 5. Maneuvering acts: inclusion and exclusion in a women's sports club / Julia C. Nentwich and Anja Ostendorp -- Part III resistance and change -- 6. Probing the power of entrepreneurship discourse: an imminent critique / Pascal Dey -- 7. Part-time work as resistance: the rhetorical interplay between argument and counter-argument / Patrizia Hoyer and Julia C. Nentwich -- 8. Multilingual organizations as 'linguascapes' and the discursive position of English / Chris Steyaert, Anja Ostendorp and Claudine Gaibrois -- Part IV creativity and change -- 9. The expectations gap and heteroglossic practices of (non-)compliance in banking regulation / Roland Pfyl -- 10. Anticipating intended users: prospective sensemaking in technology development / Claus Jacobs, Chris Steyaert and Florian Ueberbacher -- 11. Career change: the role of transition narratives in alternative identity constructions / Patrizia Hoyer -- Part V intervention and change -- 12. De-normalizing subject positions: how different can differences be(come)? / Anja Ostendorp and Chris Steyaert -- 13. The coaching conversation as a discursive HRM intervention / Florian Schulz -- 14. Discourse analysis as intervention: a case of organizational changing / Pascal Dey and Dörte Resch.
    Abstract: This lively guide showcasing original and carefully curated research illustrates the dynamic relationship between discourse and organizational psychology. It maps the origins and development of discursive approaches in the field of organizational psychology and provides a timely review of the challenges that may confront researchers in the years to come, thereby charting the current and future boundaries of the field. A Guide to Discursive Organizational Psychology delineates a potential research agenda for discursive organizational psychology. Contributions include empirically rich discussions of both traditional and widely studied topics such as resistance to change, inclusion and exclusion, participation, multi-stakeholder collaboration and diversity management, as well as newer research topics such as language negotiations, work time arrangements, technology development and discourse analysis as intervention. Discursive devices for addressing these phenomena include interpretative repertoires, modes of ordering, rhetorical strategies and sense-making narratives. This topical book will serve as a guide for students or researchers who are new to discourse analysis in the fields of psychology, organization and management studies, and provide new perspective to anyone seeking to enhance their conceptual and methodological understanding of these fields. It marks a central reference point for anyone interested in the intersection of discursive approaches and organizational psychological phenomena
    Note: Contributors include: P. Dey, C. Gaibrois, A.-K. Heydenreich, P. Hoyer, C.D. Jacobs, C. Michels, J.C. Nentwich, R. Pfyl, D. Resch, F. Schulz, C. Steyaert, F. Ueberbacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of social capital and regional development
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Sozialkapital ; Regionalentwicklung ; EU-Strukturfonds ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Entrepreneurship ; Internationaler Wettbewerb ; Regional planning ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Economic development ; Human capital ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziales Kapital ; Regionale Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Social capital and regional development: an introduction / Hans Westlund and Johan P. Larsson -- 2. Social capital and networks in spatial economies / Börje Johansson -- Part I aspects of entrepreneurship -- 3. Local social entrepreneurship and social capital / Niels Bosma, Veronique Schutjens and Beate Volker -- 4. Does persistence in start-up activity reflect persistence in social capital? / Michael Fritsch and Michael Wyrwich -- 5. Women's entrepreneurship and social capital / Pia Arenius and Riikka Franzén -- 6. Dealmakers in place: social capital connections in regional entrepreneurial economies / Maryann P. Feldman and Ted Douglas Zoller -- 7. Social capital and the economics of cities / Martin Andersson, Johan P. Larsson and Joakim Wernberg -- 8. Indonesian entrepreneurs in the UK: a social capital perspective on challenges and opportunities of migrant entrepreneurs / Eddy Setiawan, Dessy Irawati and Roel Rutten -- 9. Social capital, entrepreneurship and living standards: differences between migrants and the native born / Matthew Roskruge, Jacques Poot and Laura King -- Part II measurement and regional performance -- 10. The social capital of European regions / Emanuele Ferragina -- 11. Social capital and regional economic performance: a study across U.S. metropolitan statistical areas / Michael F. Thompson and Timothy F. Slaper -- 12. Social capital and income convergence in European regions / Emili Tortosa-Ausina and Jesús Peiró-Palomino -- Part III aspects of regional development -- 13. Challenges and opportunities for local development initiatives to influence social capital for health promotion purposes: theoretical and empirical support / Malin Eriksson and Maria Emmelin -- 14. Social capital and rural development in southern European regions: the case of EU-funded leader projects / Asimina Christoforou and Elena Pisani -- 15. Research on social capital and regional development in China: what has been done so far and what should be done in future? / Ailun Xiong and Yongjian Pu -- Part IV governance, strategies and planning -- 16. Social capital and regional learning governance: a Japanese perspective / Kiyoshi Kobayashi and Tsuyoshi Hatori -- 17. Clusters as a take-off for glocal strategies: the role of social capital / Bengt Johannisson, Marcela Ramirez-Pasillas and Malin Lindberg -- 18. A habermas-inspired approach to social capital in regional planning / Roger E. Bolton -- 19. Researchers' role in regional development - collaboration and social capital in Swedish higher education institutions / Maria Ljunggren.
    Abstract: The role of social capital in regional development is a multifaceted topic which is studied all over the world using various methods and across numerous disciplines. It has long been evident that social capital is important for regional development, however, it is less clear how this works in practice. Do all types of social capital have the same effects and are different kinds of regions impacted in the same way? This book is the first to offer an overview of this rapidly expanding field of research and to thoroughly analyse the complex issue of social capital and regional development. The authoritative and original chapters, written by leading scholars from around the world, combine theory and new empirical research to analyse various types of regions from metropolitan to rural. A particular focus is on entrepreneurship and the social capital of enterprises, whilst the role of social capital for modern governance and planning is also highlighted. The different components of social capital and data availability are also treated in depth. This Handbook is an ideal resource for students and scholars studying social capital, social networks, and regional growth and development. It also offers great insight for policymaker and planners in the fields of urban, regional and rural development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Andersson, P. Arenius, R.E. Bolton, N. Bosma, A. Christoforou, M. Emmelin, M. Eriksson, M.P. Feldman, E. Ferragina, R. Franzén, M. Fritsch, T. Hatori, D. Iriwati, B. Johannisson, B. Johansson, L. King, K. Kobayashi, J.P. Larsson, M. Lindberg, M. Ljunggren, J. Peiró-Palomino, E. Pisani, J. Poot, Y. Pu, M. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Roskruge, R. Rutten, V. Schutjens, E. Setiawan, T.F. Slaper, M.F. Thompson, E. Tortosa-Ausina, B. Volker, J. Wernberg, H. Westlund, M. Wyrwich, A. Xiong, T.D. Zoller , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781785364761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in post-keynesian economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The financialization response to economic disequilibria
    DDC: 339.5
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Ungleichgewichtsökonomie ; Europa ; Lateinamerika ; Equilibrium (Economics) ; Business cycles ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction what are the issues now? controversies about disequilibria, economic growth, and economic policies / Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz -- Part I -- Structural desequilibria in Europe: what to do -- 1. A structural and monetary perspective of the Euro crisis / Riccardo Bellofiore, Francesco Garibaldo and Mariana Mortagua -- 2. The big financial crisis and the European economic adjustment: a road towards the strengthening of the neoliberal agenda / Ma. Guadalupe Huerta -- 3. Debt deflation theory and the great recession / Domenica Tropeano and Alessandro Vercelli -- Part II -- The forces of desequilibria at work: their impact on growth -- 4. The periphery in the productive globalization: a new dependency? / Alan Cibils and Germán Pinazo -- 5. Latin America in the new international order: new forms of economic organizations and old forms of surplus appropriation / Noemi Levy -- 6. Inequality, technological change and worldwide economic recovery / Carlos A. Rozo -- 7. Global disequilibria and the inequitable distribution of income / Alma Chapoy -- 8. Transformations of entrepreneurial capitalism, crises and the need for a radical change in economic policy / Hassan Bougrine and Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Part III -- Disequilibria in the Mexican economy: the export growth model, economic stagnation and labor precarization -- 9. The limits of the export led growth model: the Mexican experience / Etelberto Ortiz -- 10. The Mexican economy in 2014: between crisis, free trade, social devastation and labour precarization / Alejandro Álvarez and Sandra Martínez -- 11. The accumulation mode of production in Mexico and the economic structure of the manufacturing industry / Luis Kato -- Part IV -- Disequilibria in Mexico: the financial and fiscal trap -- 12. Economic growth and financial development in mexico: from a virtuous circle of a bi-directional causality to a financial subordination / Teresa López and Eufemia Basilio -- 13. Private ssector finance in the era of deregulation and economic openness: Mexico 2000-2014 / Christian Domínguez and Juan Marroquín -- 14. Pro-cyclical fiscal policy and the fiscal support of the Mexican monetary policy / Luis Á. Ortiz.
    Abstract: Europe and Latin America's social and economic stagnation is a direct result of the unresolved phenomena of the financialization crisis that broke out in 2008 in developed countries. Editors Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz analyze the limitations of economic growth and development under capitalist economic organizations where financial capital is dominant, as well as explore alternative economic policies. This book argues that institutional settings based on the international monetary market, the global production organization and the international commerce arrangements need to be redesigned to improve countries' economic growth, job opportunities and salaries. In order for economic disequilibria to be reduced among regions, countries and social classes, economic surplus appropriation must be regulated. Divided into four distinct thematic sections, the chapters discuss how income distribution must be re-evaluated in order to halt the economic crisis of developing countries in Europe and Latin America, and to boost a new cycle of economic growth and development. This critical discussion will be of value to economic scholars and researchers, policymakers wishing to learn more about the limitations of economic growth, as well as journalists specializing in economic issues
    Note: Contributors include: A. Álvarez, E. Basilio, R. Bellofiore, H. Bougrine, A. Chapoy, A. Cibils, C. Domínguez, F. Garibaldo, M. Guadalupe Huerta, L. Kato, N. Levy, T. López, J. Marroquín, S. Martínez, M. Mortagua, E. Ortiz, L.Á. Ortiz, G. Pinazo, L.-P. Rochon, C.A. Rozo, D. Tropeano. A. Vercelli , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360312
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of climate-resilient development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Entwicklung ; Climatic changes Risk management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Klimaänderung ; Anpassung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Klimaänderung ; Anpassung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Climate-resilient development: an introduction / S. Fankhauser and T. Mcdermott -- Part I concepts -- 2. The role of climate in development / D. Castells-Quintana, M. Lopez-Uribe and T. Mcdermott -- 3. Poverty and climate change / S. Hallegatte, M. Bangalore, L. Bonzanigo, M. Fay, T. Kane, U. Narloch, J. Rozenberg, D. Treguer and A. Vogt-Schilb -- 4. Coping with climate risk: the options / D. Castells-Quintana, M. Lopez-Uribe and T. Mcdermott -- 5. Locking in climate vulnerability: where are the investment hotspots? / S. Dietz, C. Dixon and J. Ward -- 6. Assessing climate-resilient development options / P. Watkiss and A. Hunt -- Part II actions -- 7. Adaptation experience and prioritisation / P. Watkiss -- 8. Climate-resilient cities / H. Costa, G. Floater and J. Finnegan -- 9. Climate-resilient development in agrarian economies / M. Bezabih, S. Lovo, G. Singer and C. Mclaren -- 10. Insurance instruments for climate-resilient development / S. Surminski -- 11. Migration and climate-resilient development / M. Waldinger.
    Abstract: Some climate change is now inevitable and strategies to adapt to these changes are quickly developing. The question is particularly paramount for low-income countries, which are likely to be most affected. This timely and unique book takes an integrated look at the twin challenges of climate change and development. The book treats adaptation to climate change as an issue of climate-resilient development, rather than as a bespoke set of activities (flood defences, drought plans, and so on), combining climate and development challenges into a single strategy. It asks how the standard approaches to development need to change, and what socio-economic trends and urbanisation mean for the vulnerability of developing countries to climate risks. Combining conceptual thinking with practical policy prescriptions and experience the contributors argue that, to address these questions, climate risk has to be embedded fully into wider development strategies. This point of view is gaining in prominence in the development community; however, the contributors assert that a comprehensive analytical treatment is so far lacking. This unique and innovative book will appeal to the development community, such as think tanks and aid agencies, as well as academics and those involved in climate change policy and development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Bangalore, M. Bezabih, L. Bonzanigo, D. Castells-Quintana, H. Costa, M. del Pilar Lopez-Uribe, S. Dietz, C. Dixon, S. Fankhauser, M. Fay, J. Finnegan, G. Floater, S. Hallegatte, A. Hunt, T. Kane, S. Lovo, T. McDermott, C. McLaren, U. Narloch, J. Rozenberg, G. Singer, S. Surminski, D. Treguer, A. Vogt-Schilb, M. Waldinger, J. Ward, P. Watkiss , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9781783474318
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The global south after the crisis
    DDC: 330.9051
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftslage ; Finanzpolitik ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Financial crises ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Finanskriser ; Ulandsøkonomi ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise ; Entwicklungsländer ; Geschichte 2008-2009
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The impacts of the 2008 global financial crisis on developing countries: the case of the 15 most affected countries / Hasan Cömert and Esra Nur Uğurlu -- 2. A tale of two worlds? income distribution and the global crisis: observations from the north/south nexus / Serdal Bahçe and Ahmet Haşim Köse -- 3. Central banking in developing countries after the crisis: what has changed? / Ahmet Benlialper and Hasan Cömert -- 4. Monetary transmission in Africa: a review of official sources / Rex A. McKenzie -- 5. Commodities economy in times of crisis: Bolivia after the global financial meltdown / Orlando Justo and Juan E. Santarcángelo -- 6. The Brazilian economy after the 2008 global financial crisis: the end of the macroeconomic tripod's golden age / Marcos Reis, Andre De Melo Modenesi and Rui Lyrio Modenesi -- 7. The global financial crisis: impact and response from Malaysia / Shankaran Nambiar -- 8. The impacts of the global crisis on the Turkish economy, and policy responses / Hasan Cömert and Mehmet Selman Çolak.
    Abstract: The Global South after the Crisis is an appraisal and analysis of how the Great Recession of 2008 to 2009 unfolded in the developing world and an exploration of its effects on those countries, particularly on each one's economic management. Essays identify the ways in which the crisis was transmitted to these countries and the associated policy responses of the governments concerned. This volume is split into two accessible sections. The first part concentrates on the impact of the crisis on growth, inequality, policy responses and policy shifts in key areas such as central banking. The second part comprises individual country case studies and includes an exploration of the vulnerabilities related to the integration of developing economies into the world economy. This well-integrated compilation of both original case studies and thematic essays will be of interest to scholars and professionals working in the development field and other readers wishing to obtain an understanding of socio-economic developments in the wider world. Aid workers, policy makers, and social science researchers will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, A. Benlialper, M.S. Çolak, H. Cömert, A. de Melo Modenesi, O. Justo, A.H. Kös, R.A. McKenzie, R.L. Modenesi, S. Nambiar, M. Reis, J.E. Santarcángelo, E.N. Ugurlu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718626
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (776 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 321
    Keywords: Public goods ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Meghnad Desai (2003), 'Public Goods: A Historical Perspective', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 63-77 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1986), 'International Public Goods Without International Government', American Economic Review, 76 (1), March, 1-13 -- William D. Nordhaus (2006), 'Paul Samuelson and Global Public Goods: A Commemorative Essay for Paul Samuelson', in Michael Szenberg, Lall Ramrattan and Aron A. Gottesman (eds), Samuelsonian Economics and the Twenty-First Century, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 88-98 -- Inge Kaul and Ronald U. Mendoza (2003), 'Advancing the Concept of Public Goods', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 78-11 -- Todd Sandler (1998), 'Global and Regional Public Goods: A Prognosis for Collective Action', Fiscal Studies, 19 (3), 221-47 -- Joseph S. Nye Jr. (2002), 'The American National Interest and Global Public Goods', International Affairs, 78 (2), April, 233-4 -- Amartya Sen (1999), 'Global Justice: Beyond International Equity', in Inge Kaul, Isabelle Grunberg and Marc A. Stern (eds), Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 116-2 -- Calvin Blackwell and Michael McKee (2003), 'Only for my Own Neighbourhood? Preferences and Voluntary Provision of Local and Global Public Goods', Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization, 52 (1), 115-31 -- Eric Brousseau and Tom Dedeurwaerdere (2012), 'Global Public Goods: The Participatory Governance Challenges', in Eric Brousseau, Tom Dedeurwaerdere and Bernd Siebenhüner (eds), Reflexive Governance for Global Public Goods, Chapter 1, Cambridge, MA, London, UK: MIT Press, 21-36, references -- Scott Barrett (2006), 'Critical Factors for Providing Transnational Public Goods', Expert Paper Series Seven: Cross-Cutting Issues, Chapter 1, Stockholm, Sweden: Secretariat of the International Task Force on Global Public Goods, 1-58 -- Cecilia Albin (2003), 'Negotiating International Cooperation: Global Public Goods and Fairness', Review of International Studies, 29 (3), July, 365-85 -- Todd Sandler (2013), 'Buchanan Clubs', Constitutional Political Economy, 24 (4), 265-84 -- Elinor Ostrom (2014), 'A Polycentric Approach for Coping with Climate Change', Annals of Economics and Finance, 15 (1), 97-134 -- "Fabrizio Cafaggi (2012), 'Transnational Private Regulation and the Production of Global Public Goods and Private "Bads"', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 695-718" -- David Gartner (2012), 'Global Public Goods and Global Health', Duke Journal of Comparative and International Law, 22, 303-18 -- Keith E. Maskus and Jerome H. Reichman (2004), 'The Globalization of Private Knowledge Goods and the Privatization of Global Public Goods', Journal of International Economic Law, 7 (2), 279-320 -- Agnar Sandmo (2007), 'The Welfare Economics of Global Public Goods', NHH (Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration) Working Paper 35, November, 1-25 -- Ramses H. Abul Naga and Philip Jones (2013), 'Helping Others or Helping Oneself? International Subsidies and the Provision of Global Public Goods', Oxford Economic Papers, 65 (4), 856-75 -- Dirk T.G. Rübbelke (2011), 'International Support of Climate Change Policies in Developing Countries: Strategic, Moral and Fairness Aspects', Ecological Economics, 70 (8), June, 1470-80.
    Abstract: Pedro Conceição and Ronald U. Mendoza (2006), 'Identifying High-Return Investments: A Methodology for Assessing When International Cooperation Pays - and for Whom', in Inge Kaul and Pedro Conceição (eds), The New Public Finance: Responding to Global Challenges, Part 3, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 327-56 -- Tony Atkinson (2006), 'Global Public Finance', Oxonomics, 1 (1), 2-4 -- Ottmar Edenhofer, Michael Jakob, Felix Creutzig, Christian Flachsland, Sabine Fuss, Martin Kowarsch, Kai Lessmann, Linus Mattauch, Jan Siegmeier and Jan Christoph Steckel (2015), 'Closing the Emission Price Gap', Global Environmental Change, 31, 132-43 -- Nancy Birdsall and Benjamin Leo (2011), 'Find me the Money: Financing Climate and Other Global Public Goods', Centre for Global Development Working Paper 248, i, 1-50 -- Daniel Bodansky (2012), 'What's In a Concept? Global Public Goods, International Law and Legitimacy', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 651-68 -- Inge Kaul (2013), 'Meeting Global Challenges: Assessing Governance Readiness', The Governance Report, 33-58 -- Julio Frenk and Suerie Moon (2013), 'Governance Challenges in Global Health', New England Journal of Medicine, 368 (10), 936-42 -- José Antonio Ocampo (2010), 'Rethinking Global Economic and Social Governance', Journal of Globalization and Development, 1 (1), February, i, 1-27 -- Peter H. Sand (2004), 'Sovereignty Bounded: Public Trusteeship for Common Pool Resources?', Global Environmental Politics, 4 (1), February, 47-71 -- Nico Krisch (2014), 'The Decay of Consent: International Law in an Age of Global Public Goods', American Journal of International Law, 108 (1), 1-40.
    Abstract: Global and transnational challenges figure ever more prominently on national and international policy agendas and are increasingly analysed as global public goods (GPGs). This research review, which includes contributions by eminent scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines, provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of the theoretical and empirical research on this topic, and suggestions on where scholarship could go next. This research review will appeal to students, researchers, policymakers and experts, whether they are interested in a particular challenge like global climate change, cyber security, financial stability and health or in cross-cutting issues of public economics and finance, international relations and international law. The theory of inflation seeks to explain why inflation occurs and why its rate varies, to explain the co-movements betwen the inflation rate and other variables and to permit the design of mechanisms capable of delivering an optimal inflation path
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360046
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Trans-Pacific Partnership and the path to Free Trade in the Asia-Pacific
    DDC: 382/.911823
    RVK:
    Keywords: Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement ; Regionale Wirtschaftsintegration ; Handelsabkommen ; Freihandelsabkommen ; Asiatisch-pazifischer Raum ; Pacific Area Commercial treaties ; United States Commercial treaties ; Electronic books ; Asiatisch-Pazifischer Raum ; Trans-Pacific Partnership 2015 Oktober 05 ; Freihandel
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I the pathways toward mega regionalism and the two major players -- 1. Pathways to free trade area in asia pacific: problems and prospects / Peter C.Y. Chow -- 2. The Trans-Pacific Partnership and America's strategic role in Asia / Claude Barfield -- 3. Wrestling over the Trans-Pacific Partnership: US strategic interests, China's responses, and Taiwan's membership options / Tun-Jen Cheng and Wei-Chin Lee -- Part II enlarging the TPP membership as a road map toward mega trade bloc -- 4. Taiwan's TPP accession: impact on the TPP12 and spillovers on third parties / Dan Ciuriak and Jingliang Xiao -- 5. Trade complementarity and natural trading partners between the US and second round of TPP members / Peter C.Y. Chow -- 6. The impact of Taiwan's TPP accession on the United States / Dan Ciuriak and Jingliang Xiao -- 7. TPP as a pathway to APEC-based FTAAP / Peter C.Y. Chow and Bo-Xian Hsu -- Part III sectorial liberalization of trade under TPP -- 8. Agriculture and TPP with or without China - a partial equilibrium analysis / Francis Tuan and Agapi Somwaru -- 9. Pharmaceuticals and traditional medicine in the Asia Pacific amidst TRIPS and TPP / Lee-In Chen Chiu -- 10. Services and income redistribution in specific factor models of the Trans-Pacific Partnership / Henry Thompson -- 11. The case for flexible intellectual property protections in TPP: how can the US do it correctly / Ching-Yi Liu.
    Abstract: Mega-regionalism in the Asia Pacific has led to the formation of several emerging trade blocs, including the Trans-Pacific Partnership. This book, in addition to the examination of trade policies in the region, offers a comprehensive analysis of ongoing developments such as the impact of new members on the incumbent TPP-12 and its spillover to third parties, as well an objective study of the crucial issues of liberalization of agriculture, pharmaceuticals, and intellectual property rights. Split into three diverse sections, this book is a joint venture of many outstanding scholars in various disciplines, all with expertise in the Asia Pacific's regional affairs. These contributions provide readers with a rigorous assessment of membership enlargement and sectorial liberalization of the TPP as well as the pathways toward region-wide free trade areas. Editor Peter C.Y. Chow includes both an analysis of the trade policies of China and the US and a discussion of the impact of new members on trade complementarity, global value chains, and the US's trade balance. Detailed studies on the effect of Taiwan's membership on the US economy and industries such as agriculture, manufacturing, and service are also explored. This edited volume will attract readers interested in international trade, economic integration, and globalization. Academics and practitioners in geopolitics, geo-economics, and international relations in the Asia Pacific will also be interested
    Note: Contributors include: C. Barfield, T.-J. Cheng, L.-i. Chen Chiu, P.C.Y. Chow, D. Ciuriak, B.-X. Hsu, W.-C. Lee, C.-Y. Liu, A. Somwaru, H. Thompson, F. Tuan, J. Xiao , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9781784717230
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition policies and consumer welfare
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wettbewerbspolitik ; Verbraucherpreisindex ; Lebensmittelpreis ; Arzneimittelmarkt ; Öffentlicher Auftrag ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Competition ; Consumer protection ; Antitrust law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Section I the distribution of foodstuffs -- 2. Costa rica -- 3. Armenia -- 4. Mali -- 5. Zambia -- Section II the distribution of pharmaceuticals -- 6. Jamaica -- 7. Vietnam -- Section III the distribution of services: international money transfers and tv programmes -- 8. Uzbekistan -- 9. Argentina -- Section IV public procurement -- 10. India -- 11. Morocco.
    Abstract: The fundamental goal of competition law is to support productivity and innovativeness; in fact, the short-term effect of enforcement actions is often a reduction in product prices. This comprehensive book reports the findings of consumer market studies into a range of goods and services in developing countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America. These country case studies demonstrate the important role that competition authorities can have in assessing the nature of markets and making recommendations to policymakers to improve them. When competition is weak or compromised, extra costs are imposed on consumers. The authors investigate this issue for a wide range of key markets serving consumers individually or collectively, looking also at the hinterland of the distribution chain behind retail sales. They find a pervasive lack of competition in those markets, which not only softens a firms' incentive to improve the efficiency of their operations and the quality of their products, but also reduces the standard of living of consumers, including poor and vulnerable groups. This book concludes by noting the follow-up actions taken in each country in response to the research recommendations. Graduate students of economics, political science and law will find this book invaluable for its practical case studies, and analysts will find much of interest in the nuanced analysis of markets, policy interventions and reform options. Eminently practical, Competition Policies and Consumer Welfare is an ideal resource for competition practitioners and policymakers seeking to improve current competition regimes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9781785369155
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Asian "poverty miracle"
    DDC: 339.4/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Armut ; Einkommensverteilung ; Asien ; Poverty ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Armut ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Einkommensverteilung ; Messung
    Abstract: Introduction / Jacques Silber and Guanghua Wan -- 1. An Asian poverty line? issues and options / Stephan Klasen -- 2. A poverty line contingent on reference groups: implications for the extent of poverty in some Asian countries / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, and Jacques Silber -- 3. Concepts and measurement of vulnerability to poverty and other issues: a review of literature / Tomoki Fujii -- 4. Measuring the impact of vulnerability on the number of poor: a new methodology with empirical illustrations / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, Jacques Silber, and Guanghua Wan -- 5. Climate change and vulnerability to poverty: an empirical investigation in rural Indonesia / Tomoki Fujii -- 6. Measuring multidimensional poverty in three Southeast Asian countries using ordinal variables / Valérie Bérenger -- 7. Poverty and nutrition: a case study of rural households in Thailand and Viet Nam / Hermann Waibel and Lena Hohfeld -- 8. Poverty and ethnicity in Asian countries / Carlos Gradín.
    Abstract: Following rapid economic growth in recent decades, Asia and the Pacific experienced an impressive reduction in extreme poverty, but this drop was not uniform and achievements are still incomplete. Vulnerability to natural disasters, the increasing impact of climate change and economic crises should all be taken into account. There is also a need to consider the multidimensional nature of poverty and the non-uniformity of the decrease across different ethnic groups. This book explores the Asian 'poverty miracle' and argues for the development and use of an Asia-specific poverty line. This is a timely and multidimensional assessment of the much-neglected issues of, and links between, poverty, vulnerability, and ethnicity in Asia. It will be of great interest to lecturers and researchers of Asian development and economics, along with policy makers, public and private institutions, NGOs, and international aid agencies
    Note: Contributors include: V. Berenger, S.R. Chakravarty, N. Chattopadhyay, T. Fujii, C. Gradín, L. Hohfeld, S. Klasen, J. Silber, H. Waibel, G. Wan , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785366185
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (896 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Economics of research and development
    RVK:
    Keywords: Forschung ; Spillover-Effekt ; Forschungsfinanzierung ; Marktstruktur ; Performance-Messung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Research Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Richard R. Nelson (ed.), The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors, Chapter 23, Princeton, New Jersey, USA: Princeton University Press, 609-26 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter ([1943] 2003), 'The Process of Creative Destruction' and 'Monopolistic Practices', in Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Chapters 7-8, London, UK and NY, USA: Routledge, 81-106 -- F.M. Scherer, Dietmar Harhoff and Jörg Kukies (2000), 'Uncertainty and the Size Distribution of Rewards from Innovation', Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 10 (1-2), January, 175-200 -- Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'The Economics of Science', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXIV (3), September, 1199-235 -- William F. Ogburn and Dorothy Thomas (1922), 'Are Inventions Inevitable? A Note on Social Evolution', Political Science Quarterly, 37 (1), March, 83-98 -- David C. Mowery (1983), 'Industrial Research and Firm Size, Survival, and Growth in American Manufacturing, 1921-46: An Assessment', Journal of Economic History, 43 (4), December, 953-80 -- Nathan Rosenberg (1969), 'The Direction of Technological Change: Inducement Mechanisms and Focusing Devices', Economic Development and Cultural Change, 18 (1, part 1), October, 1-24 -- Richard R. Nelson (1959), 'The Simple Economics of Basic Scientific Research', Journal of Political Economy, 67 (3), June, 297-306 -- Wesley M. Cohen and Daniel A. Levinthal (1989), 'Innovation and Learning: The Two Faces of R&D', Economic Journal, 99 (397), September, 569-96 -- Suzanne Scotchmer (1991), 'Standing on the Shoulders of Giants: Cumulative Research and the Patent Law', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (1), Winter, 29-41 -- Adam B. Jaffe (1986), 'Technological Opportunity and Spillovers of R&D: Evidence from Firms' Patents, Profits, and Market Value', American Economic Review, 76 (5), December, 984-1001 -- Jeffrey I. Bernstein and M. Ishaq Nadiri (1989), 'Research and Development and Intra-industry Spillovers: An Empirical Application of Dynamic Duality', Review of Economic Studies, 56 (2), April, 249-69 -- David T. Coe and Elhanan Helpman (1995), 'International R&D Spillovers', European Economic Review, 39 (5), May, 859-87 -- Wolfgang Keller (1998), 'Are International R&D Spillovers Trade-Related? Analyzing Spillovers Among Randomly Matched Trade Partners', European Economic Review, 42 (8), September, 1469-81 -- Zvi Griliches (1992), 'The Search for R&D Spillovers', Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 94 (Supplement), S29-S47 -- Bronwyn H. Hall (2002), 'The Financing of Research and Development', Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 18 (1), March, 35-51 -- Ronald J. Gilson (2003), 'Engineering a Venture Capital Market: Lessons From the American Experience', Stanford Law Review, 55 (4), April, 1067-103 -- Paul Gompers and Josh Lerner (2001), 'The Venture Capital Revolution', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15 (2), Spring, 145-68 -- Bronwyn H. Hall and John Van Reenen (2000), 'How Effective are Fiscal Incentives for R&D? A Review of the Evidence', Research Policy, 29 (4-5), April, 449-69.
    Abstract: Paul A. David, Bronwyn H. Hall and Andrew A. Toole (2000), 'Is Public R & D a Complement or Substitute for Private R&D? A Review of the Econometric Evidence', Research Policy, 29 (4-5), April, 497-529 -- F.M. Scherer (1967), 'Research and Development Resource Allocation Under Rivalry', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXI (3), August, 359-94 -- Partha Dasgupta and Joseph Stiglitz (1980), 'Industrial Structure and the Nature of Innovative Activity', Economic Journal, 90 (358), June, 266-93 -- Wesley Cohen (1995), 'Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance', in Paul Stoneman (ed.), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation and Technological Change, Chapter 6, Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers, 182-264 -- Philippe Aghion, Nick Bloom, Richard Blundell, Rachel Griffith and Peter Howitt (2005), 'Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (2), May, 701-28 -- Edwin Mansfield, John Rapoport, Anthony Romeo, Samuel Wagner and George Beardsley (1977), 'Social and Private Rates of Return from Industrial Innovations', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 91 (2), May, 221-40 -- Zvi Griliches (1958), 'Research Costs and Social Returns: Hybrid Corn and Related Innovations', Journal of Political Economy, 66 (5), October, 419-31 -- Zvi Griliches (1979), 'Issues in Assessing the Contribution of Research and Development to Productivity Growth', Bell Journal of Economics, 10 (1), Spring, 92-116 -- Zvi Griliches (1994), 'Productivity, R&D, and the Data Constraint', American Economic Review, 84 (1), March, 1-23 -- Bruno Crépon, Emmanuel Duguet and Jacques Mairesse (1998), 'Research, Innovation and Productivity: An Econometric Analysis at the Firm Level', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 7 (2), 115-58 -- Bronwyn H. Hall (2005), 'Measuring the Returns to R&D: The Depreciation Problem', Annales D'Économie et de Statistique, Issue Spécial, 79-80 (IV), July - December, 341-81 -- Robert M. Solow (1957), 'Technical Change and the Aggregate Production Function', Review of Economics and Statistics, 39 (3), August, 312-20 -- Charles I. Jones and John C. Williams (1998), 'Measuring the Social Return to R&D', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 113 (4), November, 1119-35 -- Carol Corrado, Charles Hulten and Daniel Sichel (2009), 'Intangible Capital and US Economic Growth', Review of Income and Wealth, 55 (3), September, 661-85.
    Abstract: Economics of Research and Development is a research review of the major readings in the development of this topic, from its origins in the work of Kenneth Arrow, Robert Solow, and Zvi Griliches to present day concerns with the financing of R&D and measurement of its returns. Topics covered include historical perspectives, market structure and the various ways R&D is conducted, the role of venture capital and government incentives, the measurement of R&D returns including spillovers to other firms or countries and the contribution of R&D to economic growth. This research review serves as an invaluable reference for those who would like to have a review of the seminal papers on R&D collected into a single source
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9781783473830
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Innovation systems for development
    Keywords: 2000-2010 ; Technologiepolitik ; Entwicklungsindikator ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklungsländer ; Bolivien ; Vietnam ; Tansania ; Mosambik ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Entwicklungsländer ; Innovationsförderung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Science, technology and innovation for whom? / Bo Göransson -- 2. The socio-economic context and the millennium development goals / Claes Brundenius -- 3. Emerging innovation systems in developing countries: Bolivia, Vietnam, Tanzania and Mozambique / Claes Brundenius, Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Tran Ngoc Ca, Bitrina Diyamett and Maximiano Dgedge -- 4. The national innovation system in Bolivia and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Javier Aliaga Lordeman, Ignacio Garrón Védia and Raúl Rubín De Célis Cedro -- 5. The national innovation system in Vietnam and its relevance for development / Tran Ngoc Ca -- 6. The national innovation system in Tanzania and its relevance for development / Bitrina Diyamett, Heric Thomas, Lanta Daniel, Justine Liberio and Carlos Aguirre-Bastos -- 7. The national innovation system in Mozambique and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Sérgio Chicumbe, Maximiano Dgedge, and Bo Göransson -- 8. Making research matter: a synthesis of survey findings / Bo Göransson.
    Abstract: The rise and expansion of organized scientific research has led individuals to become accustomed to an unceasing delivery of new scientific results and technical improvements that resolve even seemingly unsolvable problems. This timely book examines how science-based research and innovation is designed, implemented and applied in developing countries in support of development and poverty alleviation. The expert contributors trace and compare the emergence of national innovation systems (NIS) in four developing countries - Bolivia, Mozambique, Tanzania and Vietnam. Dedicated chapters on each country identify the main structural and organizational problems for improving the relevance and quality of research output for the productive sector, and conclude by offering suggestions on how the process of applying research outputs and innovations in support of development goals can be improved. Scholars and students of development, innovation and related subjects will find this book, with its focus on national innovation systems, to be useful. It will also be of interest to policy advisors, decision makers and other practitioners involved in development issues
    Note: Contributors include: C. Aguirre-Bastos, C. Brundenius, T.N. Ca, S. Chicumbe, L. Daniel, R.R. de Celis Cedró, M. Dgedge, B. Diyamett, B. Göransson, J. Liberio, J.A. Lordeman, H. Thomas, I.G. Védia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785366246
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 326
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of food security
    DDC: 338.19
    Keywords: Food security ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Professor Jha and Professor Gaiha address important issues of food security in their wide-ranging selection of the most influential published contributions in this area of study. Their comprehensive, original research review discusses each article and places it within the context of twelve distinct themes, from which emerges a cogent view of the developing scholarly literature in this area and of the challenges that still remain. This Research Review analyses major landmark contributions in food security and will thus be of interest to all academics, policymakers, international organizations and students working in this area
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785361111
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Edition: 4th ed
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Allen, Roy E., 1957 - Financial crises and recession in the global economy
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Währungskrise ; Konjunktur ; Internationaler Finanzmarkt ; Welt ; Mexiko ; Asien ; Financial crises ; Recessions ; Electronic books ; Weltwirtschaft ; Finanzkrise ; Weltwirtschaft ; Rezession ; Finanzkrise ; Rezession ; Weltwirtschaft
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Financial globalization since the 1970s -- 2. Financial instabilities and trends in the 1980s -- 3. Financial instabilities and trends in the 1990s -- 4. The 2007- crisis: common patterns and new thinking -- 5. A human ecology economics (HEE) framework for the analysis of financial instability.
    Abstract: This new edition of Financial Crises and Recession in the Global Economy explores the major financial instabilities and evolutionary trends in the global economy since the 1970s. Financial globalization has produced an expanded money-credit pyramid, increased the risk of crisis, and created and transferred wealth from periphery to core regions. This book presents some new thinking, which explains the continuing occurrence of large-scale financial crises. Roy E. Allen examines how key financial variables are driven more by psychological and social constructs than is commonly understood and that money and wealth can be created, transferred and destroyed across the global economy independently of the rest of the 'real' economy. This new structural relationship between money and the real economy is associated with financial globalization - including, especially, new technologies and governmental deregulation in the 'explosive 1980s'. A new political economy of financial crisis and a human ecology economics framework are advanced to guide research and policymaking in the future. This learned but accessible book is meant for a broad audience of academics and practitioners, and has been used as a supplementary textbook for courses in international economics, international finance, money and banking, and macroeconomics
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716288
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (736 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Classics in transport and environmental valuation 4
    Keywords: Global Positioning System ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Wayne A. Sarasua and Michael D. Meyer (1996), 'New Technologies for Household Travel Surveys', in Transportation Research Board / National Research Council Conference Proceedings 10, Washington, DC, USA: National Academy Press, 170-82 -- Cesar A. Quiroga and Darcy Bullock (1998), 'Travel Time Studies with Global Positioning and Geographic Information Systems: An Integrated Methodology', Transportation Research Part C: Emerging Technologies, 6 (1-2), February, 101-27 -- E. Murakami and D.P. Wagner (1999), 'Can Using Global Positioning System (GPS) Improve Trip Reporting?', Transportation Research Part C: Emerging Technologies, 7 (2-3), April-June, 149-65 -- Jean Wolf, Shauna Hallmark, Marcelo Oliveira, Randall Guensler and Wayne Sarasua (1999), 'Accuracy Issues with Route Choice Data Collection by Using Global Positioning System', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1660, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 66-74 -- Lalit Yalamanchili, Ram M. Pendyala, N. Prabaharan and Pramodh Chakravarthy (1999), 'Analysis of Global Positioning System-Based Data Collection Methods for Capturing Multistop Trip-Chaining Behavior', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1660, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 58-65 -- Geert Draijer, Nelly Kalfs and Jan Perdok (2000), 'Global Positioning System as Data Collection Method for Travel Research', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1719, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 147-53 -- Elaine Murakami, David P. Wagner and David M. Neumeister (2000), 'Using Global Positioning Systems and Personal Digital Assistants for Personal Travel Surveys in the United States', Transportation Research Circular E-C008W, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Research Council, III-B/1-III-B/21 -- Sean T. Doherty, Nathalie Noël, Martin-Lee Gosselin, Claude Sirois and Mami Ueno (2001), 'Moving Beyond Observed Outcomes: Integrating Global Positioning Systems and Interactive Computer-Based Travel Behavior Surveys', Transportation Research Circular E-C026: Personal Travel: The Long and the Short of It, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Research Council, 449-66 -- Peter R. Stopher, Philip Bullock and Frederic Horst (2002), 'Exploring the Use of Passive GPS Devices to Measure Travel', in Kelvin C.P. Wang, Samer Medanat, Shashi Nambisan and Gary Spring (eds), Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Applications of Advanced Technologies to Transportation, Reston, VA, USA: American Society of Civil Engineers, 959-67 -- Jean Wolf, Randall Guensler and William Bachman (2001), 'Elimination of the Travel Diary: An Experiment to Derive Trip Purpose from Global Positioning System Travel Data', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1768, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 125-34 -- J. Wolf, S. Schönfelder, U. Samaga, M. Oliveira and K.W. Axhausen (2003), 'Eighty Weeks of Global Positioning System Traces: Approaches to Enriching Trip Information', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1870, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 46-54 -- Stefan Schönfelder, Kay W. Axhausen, Nicolas Antille and Michel Bierlaire (2002), 'Exploring the Potentials of Automatically Collected GPS Data for Travel Behaviour Analysis - A Swedish Data Source', GI-Technologien für Verkehr und Logistik, Institut für Geoinformatik, Universität Münster, No. 13, 155-79 -- Eui-Hwan Chung and Amer Shalaby (2005), 'A Trip Reconstruction Tool for GPS-based Personal Travel Surveys', Transportation Planning and Technology, 28 (5), 381-401 -- Timothy L. Forrest and David F. Pearson (2005), 'Comparison of Trip Determination Methods in Household Travel Surveys Enhanced by a Global Positioning System', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1917, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 63-71 -- F. Marchal, J. Hackney and K.W. Axhausen (2006), 'Efficient Map Matching of Large Global Positioning System Data Sets: Tests on Speed-Monitoring Experiment in Zurich', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1935, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 93-100 -- Jianhe Du and Lisa Aultman-Hall (2007), 'Increasing the Accuracy of Trip Rate Information from Passive Multi-Day GPS Travel Datasets: Automatic Trip End Identification Issues', Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice, 41 (3), March, 220-32 -- Zhigang Jason Li and Amer S. Shalaby (2008), 'Web-based GIS System for Prompted Recall of GPS-assisted Personal Travel Surveys: System Development and Experimental Study', Transportation Research Board 87th Annual Meeting Compendium of Papers DVD, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 1-15 -- Wendy Bohte and Kees Maat (2009), 'Deriving and Validating Trip Purposes and Travel Modes for Multi-Day GPS-based Travel Surveys: A Large-scale Application in the Netherlands', Transportation Research Part C: Emerging Technologies, 17 (3), June, 285-97 -- Nadine Schuessler and Kay W. Axhausen (2009), 'Processing Raw Data from Global Positioning Systems Without Additional Information', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2105, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 28-36.
    Abstract: Peter R. Stopher (2009), 'Collecting and Processing Data from Mobile Technologies', in Patrick Bonnel, Martin Lee-Gosselin, Johanna Zmud and Jean-Loup Madre (eds), Transport Survey Methods: Keeping Up with a Changing World, Chapter 21, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 361-91 -- Anastasia Moiseeva, Joran Jessurun and Harry Timmermans (2010), 'Semiautomatic Imputation of Activity Travel Diaries: Use of Global Positioning System Traces, Prompted Recall, and Context-Sensitive Learning Algorithms', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2183, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 60-68 -- Prashanth K. Bachu, Trisha Dudala and Sirisha M. Kothuri (2001), 'Prompted Recall in Global Positioning System Survey: Proof-of-Concept Study', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1768, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 106-13 -- Stephen Greaves, Simon Fifer, Richard Ellison and George Germanos (2010), 'Development of a Global Positioning System Web-Based Prompted Recall Solution for Longitudinal Travel Surveys', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2183, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 69-77 -- Jean Wolf, Michael Loechl, Miriam Thompson and Carlos Arce (2003), 'Trip Rate Analysis in GPS-Enhanced Personal Travel Surveys', in Peter Stopher and Peter Jones (eds), Transport Survey Quality and Innovation, Chapter 28, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 483-98 -- Jean Wolf, Marcelo Oliveira and Miriam Thompson (2003), 'Impact of Underreporting on Mileage and Travel Time Estimates: Results from Global Positioning System-Enhanced Household Travel Survey', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1854, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 189-98 -- Johanna Zmud and Jean Wolf (2003), 'Identifying the Correlates of Trip Misreporting - Results from the California Statewide Household Travel Survey GPS Study', Conference Paper, 10th International Conference on Travel Behaviour Research, August 10th-15th, Lucerne, Switzerland, i, 1-16 -- Matthias Kracht (2006), 'Using Combined GPS and GSM Tracking Information for Interactive Electronic Questionnaires', in Peter Stopher and Cheryl Stecher (eds), Travel Survey Methods: Quality and Future Directions, Chapter 30, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 545-60 -- Stacey Bricka and Chandra R. Bhat (2006), 'Comparative Analysis of Global Positioning System-Based and Travel Survey-Based Data', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1972, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 9-20 -- Jean Wolf (2006), 'Application of New Technologies in Travel Surveys', in Peter Stopher and Cheryl Stecher (eds), Travel Survey Methods: Quality and Future Directions, Chapter 29, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 531-44 -- Peter Stopher, Camden FitzGerald and Min Xu (2007), 'Assessing the Accuracy of the Sydney Household Travel Survey with GPS', Transportation, 34 (6), November, 723-41 -- Tom Bellemans, Bruno Kochan, Davy Janssens, Geert Wets and Harry Timmermans (2008), 'Field Evaluation of Personal Digital Assistant Enabled by Global Positioning System: Impact on Quality of Activity and Diary Data', Transportation Research Record Number 2049, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board of the National Academies, 136-43 -- Peter R. Stopher and Stephen Greaves (2009), 'Missing and Inaccurate Information from Travel Surveys - Pilot Results', paper presented to the 32nd Australasian Transport Research Forum, The Growth Engine: Interconnecting Transport Performance, the Economy and the Environment, Auckland, New Zealand, September -- Jennifer Ogle, Randall Guensler, William Bachman, Maxim Koutsak and Jean Wolf (2002), 'Accuracy of Global Positioning System for Determining Driver Performance Parameters', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 1818, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 12-24 -- Cesar Quiroga, Michael Perez and Steve Venglar (2002), 'Tool for Measuring Travel Time and Delay on Arterial Corridors', in Kelvin C.P. Wang, Samer Medanat, Shashi Nambisan and Gary Spring (eds), Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Applications of Advanced Technologies to Transportation, Reston, VA, USA: American Society of Civil Engineers, 600-607 -- Philip Bullock, Qingjian Jiang and Peter R. Stopher (2005), 'Using GPS Technology to Measure On-Time Running of Scheduled Bus Services', Journal of Public Transportation, 8 (1), 21-40 -- Jungwook Jun, Jennifer Ogle and Randall Guensler (2007), 'Relationships Between Crash Risk and Temporal-Spatial Travel Distances Using GPS Instrumental Vehicles', Transportation Research Board 86th Annual Meeting Compendium of Papers DVD, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 2-17 -- Peter Stopher and Christine Prasad (2012), 'Analysis of Child Diaries - Can GPS Traces of Parents Movements Provide Sufficient Travel Data for Childen?', paper presented to the 35th Australasian Transport Research Forum, Auckland, New Zealand, September, 1-11 -- Roger Mackett, Belinda Brown, Yi Gong, Kay Kitazawa and James Paskins (2007), 'Children's Independent Movement in the Local Environment', Built Environment, 33 (4), December, 454-68.
    Abstract: Stephen P. Greaves and Miguel A. Figliozzi (2008), 'Collecting Commercial Vehicle Tour Data with Passive Global Positioning System Technology: Issues and Potential Applications', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2049, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 158-66 -- Dominik Papinski, Darren M. Scott and Sean T. Doherty (2009), 'Exploring the Route Choice Decision-Making Process: A Comparison of Planned and Observed Routes Obtained Using Person-Based GPS', Transportation Research Part F: Traffic Psychology and Behaviour, 12 (4), July, 347-58 -- Andrew F. Clark and Sean T. Doherty (2010), 'A Multi-instrumented Approach to Observing the Activity Rescheduling Decision Process', Transportation, 37 (1), January, 165-81 -- Peter Stopher, Yun Zhang, Jun Zhang and Belinda Halling (2009), 'Results of an Evaluation of TravelSmart in South Australia', paper presented to the 32nd Australasian Transport Research Forum The Growth Engine: Interconnecting Transport Performance, the Economy and the Environment, Auckland, New Zealand, September -- Stacey Bricka, Johanna Zmud, Jean Wolf and Joel Freedman (2009), 'Household Travel Surveys with GPS: An Experiment', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2105, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 51-56 -- Peter R. Stopher, Christine Prasad, Laurie Wargelin and Jason Minser (2013), 'Conducting a GPS-only Household Travel Survey', in Johanna Zmud, Martin Lee-Gosselin, Marcela Munizaga and Juan Antonio Carrasco (eds), Transport Survey Methods: Best Practice for Decision Making, Chapter 5, Bingley, UK: Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 91-113 -- Marcelo G. Simas Oliveira, Peter Vovsha, Jean Wolf, Yehoshua Birotker, Danny Givon and Julie Paasche (2011), 'Global Positioning System-Assisted Prompted Recall Household Travel Survey to Support Development of Advanced Travel Model in Jerusalem, Israel', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2246, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 16-23 -- Peter R. Stopher and Stephen P. Greaves (2007), 'Household Travel Surveys: Where Are We Going?', Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Practice, 41 (5), June, 367-81 -- Peter R. Stopher and Stephen P. Greaves (2007), 'Guidelines for Samplers: Measuring a Change in Behaviour from Before and After Surveys', Transportation, 34 (1), January, 1-16 -- Peter R. Stopher, Kara Kockelman, Stephen P. Greaves and Eoin Clifford (2008), 'Reducing Burden and Sample Sizes in Multiday Household Travel Surveys', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2064, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 12-18 -- Marcelo G. Simas Oliveira and Jesse Casas (2010), 'Improving Data Quality, Accuracy, and Response in On-Board Surveys: Application of Innovative Technologies', Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board, No. 2183, Washington, DC, USA: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 41-48 -- Martin Lee-Gosselin, Sean T. Doherty and Amer Shalaby (2010), 'Data Collection on Personal Movement Using Mobile ICTs: Old Wine in New Bottles?', in Monica Wachowicz (ed.), Movement-Aware Applications for Sustainable Mobility: Technologies and Approaches, Chapter 1, Hershey, VA, USA: Information Science Reference (IGI Global), 1-14.
    Abstract: This research review discusses the most significant papers to have been published over the past fifteen years on the use of Global Positioning System (GPS) devices to measure person and vehicle travel. The carefully selected papers track developments in the use of GPS devices to record travel and document some of the latest applications in which GPS is starting to replace conventional self-report surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785366314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Grand, Simon, 1968 - Routines, strategies and management
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Strategic planning ; Management Methodology
    Abstract: 1. Researching routines as strategies - a strategy-as-practice view -- 2. Theorizing routine dynamics - a practice view -- 3. Managerial engagement - a practice view on strategic management -- 4. Managing routines as strategies - a case in haute couture textiles -- 5. Routinizing strategic management - a case in software engineering -- Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: The dynamic interplay of routines, strategies and management allows companies to successfully move forward within their industries. This book contributes to a coherent conceptualization of strategy, organization and management from a practice perspective, identifying strategy as realized in the action. Simon Grand provides a theoretical framework and detailed exploration in the context of two attractive empirical cases. He discusses topics such as theorizing routine dynamics, managerial engagement and managing routines as strategies to provide a detailed exploration of the importance of organizational routines for strategy. This book will be of interest to researchers in the areas of organizational studies, strategic management, technological innovation and the creative industries. The empirical case studies will also be of use to students and scholars of various disciplines
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717766
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Information society ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Digital transformations: an introduction / F. Xavier Olleros and Majlinda Zhegu -- Part I sectoral analyses -- 1. How online learning will transform legal education / David I. C. Thomson -- 2. The digital future of the oldest information profession / Ray Worthy Campbell -- 3. Medicine in the age of smart machines: legal liability challenges / Fazal Khan -- 4. Digital health technologies and digital data: new ways of monitoring, measuring and commodifying human bodies / Deborah Lupton -- 5. The digital disruption of banking and payment services / David Arnold and Paul Jeffery -- 6. Collaboration, participation, and transparency: the promise of digitizing academic research / Sascha Friesike and Benedikt Fecher -- 7. University libraries in the digital era / Kyle K. Courtney and Emily Kilcer -- 8. Online dating platforms: a tool for social science research / Andreas Schmitz and Doreen Zillmann -- 9. Atoms matter: the role of local 'makerspaces' in the coming digital economy / Joel West and Anne Greul -- 10. Smart cities, social capital and citizens at play: a critique and a way forward / Marcus Foth, Andrew Hudson-Smith and Dean Gifford -- Part II transversal topics -- 11. Blockchain technology: principles and applications / Marc Pilkington -- 12. 3d printing and intellectual property / Lucas Osborn -- 13. Big data and the future for privacy / Neil M. Richards and Jonathan H. King -- 14. Crowdwork, corporate social responsibility and fair labor practices / Miriam A. Cherry and Winifred R. Poster -- 15. Crowdfunding: principles, trends and issues / Stéphane Onnée and Sophie Renault -- 16. The gamification of education and business: a critical analysis and future research prospects / Amy Duvernet, Alberto Asquer and Inna Krachkovskaya -- 17. The impact of digital technologies on innovation policy / Kenji E. Kushida -- 18. Innovation policy for cloud-computing contracts / John M. Newman -- 19. Competition policy in a world of big data / Simonetta Vezzoso -- 20. A continuum of internet-based crime: how the effectiveness of cybersecurity policies varies across cybercrime types / Eric Jardine.
    Abstract: The digital transition of the world economy is now entering a phase of broad and deep societal impact. While there is one overall transition, there are many different sectoral transformations, from health and legal services to tax reports and taxi rides, as well as a rising number of transversal trends and policy issues, from widespread precarious employment and privacy concerns to market monopoly and cybercrime. This Research Handbook offers a rich and interdisciplinary synthesis of some of the recent research on the digital transformations currently under way. This comprehensive study contains chapters covering sectoral and transversal analyses, all of which are specially commissioned and include cutting-edge research. The contributions featured are global, spanning four continents and seven different countries, as well as interdisciplinary, including experts in economics, sociology, law, finance, urban planning and innovation management. The digital transformations discussed are fertile ground for researchers, as established laws and regulations, organizational structures, business models, value networks and workflow routines are contested and displaced by newer alternatives. This book will be equally pertinent to three constituencies: academic researchers and graduate students, practitioners in various industrial and service sectors and policy makers
    Note: Contributors include: D. Arnold, A. Asquer, R.W. Campbell, M.A. Cherry, K.K. Courtney, A. DuVernet, M. Foth, S. Friesike, D. Gifford, A. Hudson-Smith, E. Jardine, P. Jeffrey, F. Khan, J.H. King, I. Krachkovskaya, K.E. Kushida, D. Lupton, J.M. Newman, F.X. Ollero, S. Onnée, L. Osborn, M. Pilkington, W. Poster, S. Renault, N. Richards, A. Schmitz, D.I.C. Thomson, S. Vezzoso, J.L. West, M. Zhegu, D. Zillmann , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783478132
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on gender and innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlechterforschung ; Technologiepolitik ; Welt ; Technological innovations ; Sex ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part I introduction -- 1. Gender and innovation - an introduction / Gry Agnete Alsos, Ulla Hytti and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 2. Doing gender in innovation: a thematic review and critique of the literature / Lene Foss and Colette Henry -- Part II gender and innovation in new and small businesses -- 3. Women's innovation in Germany - empirical facts and conceptual explanations / Teita Bijedić, Siegrun Brink, Kerstin Ettl, Silke Kriwoluzky and Friederike Welter -- 4. Three faces of innovation: institutions, gender and entrepreneurship in Latin America / Ruta Aidis -- 5. Self-employed women's everyday innovations in East Africa / Malin Tillmar -- 6. Gendered understandings of innovation in nursing and entrepreneurship: an exploratory study in the Portuguese context / Selma Martins, Emilia Fernandes and Regina Leite -- Part III gender and innovation in organizational context -- 7. Eyes wide shut: differential influences of gender on innovation in organisations / Shruti R. Sardesmukh and Ronda R. Smith -- 8. Innovation in public care / Nina Amble in cooperation with Paula Axelsen and Liv Karen Snerthammer -- 9. Organisational innovation for gender equality in forestry and mining / Malin Lindberg, Eira Andersson, Lisa Andersson and Maria Johansson -- Part IV gender in innovation policy -- 10. Governing gendered understandings of innovation: a discourse analysis of a national innovation policy programme / Trine Kvidal-Røvik and Birgitte Ljunggren -- 11. 'Gendered social innovation': a new research stream for gender-inclusive innovation policy, research and practice / Malin Lindberg and Knut-Erland Berglund -- Part V gender in design and materiality -- 12. Innovating is not of the spirit world - depicting a female inventor's unique path with materiality-friendly gender concepts / Seppo Poutanen and Anne Kovalainen -- 13. Visualising gender - norm-critical design and innovation / Emma Börjesson, Anna Isaksson, Sara Ilstedt and Karin Ehrnberger.
    Abstract: Innovation is seen as one of the main engines of economic growth. It is generally assumed to be gender neutral when, in fact, the gendered construction of innovation has been traditionally masculine. This Handbook explores the nexus between innovation and gender by providing a wide range of studies from different analytical and methodological perspectives and from various regional and industry contexts and draws implications for a gender-inclusive innovation policy. The multidisciplinary group of contributors discuss topics such as gender and innovation in new and small businesses, and growth businesses; addressing innovation in different organizational contexts ranging from public sector health care to mining and forestry; researching gender in innovation policy and in design and materiality. This Handbook will be useful to researchers looking to understand parallels between research on gender and innovation on one hand, and research on gender and entrepreneurship or management on the other. It will also be invaluable to students looking for an overview of research in both areas
    Note: Contributors include: R. Aidis, G.A. Alsos, N. Amble, E. Andersson, L. Andersson, P. Axelsen, K.-E. Berglund, T. Bijedic, E. Börjesson, S. Brink, K. Ehrnberger, K. Ettl, E. Fernandes, L. Foss, C. Henry, U. Hytti, S. Ilstedt, A. Isaksson, M. Johansson, A. Kovalainen, S. Kriwoluzky, T. Kvidal-Røvik, R. Leite, M. Lindberg, B. Ljunggren, E. Ljunggren, S. Martins, S. Poutanen, S.R. Sardeshmukh, R.M. Smith, L.K. Snerthammer, M. Tillmar, F. Welter , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    DDC: 658.314
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitarbeiterbindung ; Verhalten in Organisationen ; Personalführung ; Nationalkultur ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Employee loyalty ; Electronic books ; Mitarbeiter ; Unternehmen ; Soziale Bindung ; Mitarbeiter ; Organisationshandeln ; Commitment ; Führung
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Employee commitment: an introduction and roadmap / J.P. Meyer -- Part I Conceptualization of commitment -- 2. Commitment as a unidimensional construct / H.J. Klein and H. Park -- 3. Commitment as a multi-dimensional construct / N.J. Allen -- 4. Multiple foci of workplace commitments / T.E. Becker -- Part II related constructs -- 5. A motivational model of employee attachment to an organization / M. Gagné and J. Howard -- 6. Organizational commitment and employee engagement: 10 key questions / S.L. Albrecht and O.J. Dineen -- 7. Job embeddedness, employee commitment and related constructs / B.C. Holtom -- 8. Organizational identification / R. van Dick -- 9. Psychological contracts / S.D. Hansen and Y. Griep -- Part III foci of commitment -- 10. Occupational commitment / J.P. Meyer and J.A. Espinoza -- 11. Social commitments / C. Vandenberghe -- 12. The rise, decline, resurrection, and growth of union commitment research / P. Horsman, D.G. Gallaghar and E.K. Kelloway -- 13. Action commitments / J.P. Meyer and B.K. Anderson -- Part IV consequences of commitment -- 14. Employee turnover and absenteeism / I.R. Gellatly and L.M. Hedberg -- 15. Employee commitment and performance / D.J. Stanley and J.P. Meyer -- 16. Counterproductive work behavior / B. Marcus -- 17. Employee commitment and well-being / A.C. Chris, E.R. Maltin and J.P. Meyer -- 18. Affective consequences of workplace commitments / H.J. Klein and C.T. Brinsfield -- Part V drivers of commitment -- 19. Individual differences as causes of the development of commitment / M.E. Bergman and V.A. Jean -- 20. Person-environment fits as drivers of commitment / A.E.M. van Vianen, M.R.W. Hamstra and J. Koen -- 21. Strategic human resource management and organizational commitment / K. Jiang -- 22. Organizational leadership and employee commitment / M. Trivisonno and J. Barling -- 23. Employee empowerment and organizational commitment / H.K. Laschinger, E. Read and Z. Junhong -- 24. Perceived organizational support / F. Stinglhamber, G. Caesens, L. Clark and R. Eisenberger -- 25. Organizational justice and employee commitment: a review of contemporary research / D.R. Bobocel and F. Mu -- Part VI commitment across cultures -- 26. Understanding commitment across cultures / S.A. Wasti -- 27. Commitment in Europe / J. Felfe and J. Wombacher -- 28. Employee commitment in China / A. Newman and D. Wang -- 29. An examination of the social-institutional, cultural, and organizational antecedents of commitment in India / V.L. Dhir, N.L. Bremner and S. Datta -- 30. Commitment in the Middle East / A. Cohen -- 31. Organizational commitment: a Latin American soap opera / L.M. Arciniega -- Part VII methodological issues -- 32. A contemporary update on testing for measurement equivalence and invariance / R.J. Vandenberg and N.A. Morelli -- 33. Tracking change in commitment over time: the latent growth modeling approach / K. Bentein -- 34. Capturing the process of committing: design requirements for a temporal measurement instrument / W. van Olffen, O.N. Solinger and R.A. Roe -- 35. Person-centered research strategies in commitment research / A.J.S. Morin -- Part VIII conclusion -- 36. Employee commitment: a back and moving forward / J.P. Meyer.
    Abstract: A high level of employee commitment holds particular value for organizations owing to its impact on organizational effectiveness and employee well-being. This Handbook provides an up-to-date review of theory and research pertaining to employee commitment in the workplace, outlining its value for both employers and employees and identifying key factors in its development, maintenance or decline. Including chapters from leading theorists and researchers from around the world, this Handbook presents cumulated and cutting-edge research exploring what commitment is, the different forms it can take, and how it is distinct from related concepts such as employee engagement, work motivation, embeddedness, the psychological contract, and organizational identification. Examining topics such as high-commitment work systems, work attitudes and motivation, the Handbook provides integration with related literatures. Internationally applicable, sections also discuss the implications of culture differences for commitment and present the latest developments in research methods and analytic techniques that can be used to advance our understanding of commitment. Comprehensive and engaging, the Handbook of Employee Commitment is essential reading for commitment scholars and researchers interested in the latest developments in the field as well as for international scholars who will benefit from its guidance on how to approach research in unique cultures. It will also prove of prime interest to managers and management consultants with its wealth of suggestions to guide evidence-based practice
    Note: Contributors include: S.L. Albrecht, N.J. Allen, B.K. Anderson, L.M. Arciniega, J. Barling, T.E. Becker, K. Bentein, M.E. Bergman, D.R. Bobocel, N.L. Bremner, C.T. Brinsfield, G. Caisens, A.C. Chris, L. Clark, A. Cohen, S. Datta, V.L. Dhir, O.J. Dineen, R. Eisenberger, J.A. Espinoza, J. Felfe, M. Gagné, D.G. Gallagher, I.R. Gellatly, Y. Griep, S.D. Hansen, L.M. Hedberg, M.R.W. Hamstra, B.C. Holtom, P. Horsman, J. Howard, V.A. Jean, K. Jiang, Z. Junhong, E.K. Kelloway, H.J. Klein, J. Koen, E.R. Maltin, B. Marcus, J.P. Meyer, N.A. Morelli, A.J.S. Morin, F. Mu, A. Newman, H. Park, E. Read, R.A. Roe, O.N. Solinger, H. Spence Laschinger, D.J. Stanley, F. Stinglhamber, M. Trivisonno, R. Van Dick, W. Van Olffen, A.E.M. Van Vianen, R.J. Vandenberg, C. Vandenberghe, D. Wang, S.A. Wasti, J. Wombacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9781784716646
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International perspectives on business innovation and disruption in design
    DDC: 658.4063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Produktentwicklung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Disruptive Innovation ; Welt ; Design Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technologie ; Produktgestaltung
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I business models -- 1. Disrupting the aged care business model / Erez Nusem, Cara Wrigley and Judy Matthews -- 2. Mobility horizons: design in a disruptive market / Alex Garrett, Cara Wrigley, Nick Russell and Judy Matthews -- 3. The changing role of the designer in new business models based around 3D printing technologies / Paola Pisano, Marco Pironti and Alison Rieple -- 4. Designing for disruption: strategic business model innovation / Julian Jenkins and Tim Fife -- Part II service design -- 5. Disrupting conventions in development: from 'beneficiaries' to 'co-designers' / Ledia Andrawes, Anitha Moorthy and Adela Mcmurray -- 6. The customer journey as a tool for business innovation and transformation / Judith Gloppen, Berit Lindquister and Hans-Peter Daae -- Part III international and multinational design interventions -- 7. Researching the design innovation process in a multinational: an empathic approach to the application of delphi technique / Mersha Aftab and Robert Young -- 8. The application of design as an enabler to the disruptive delivery of innovation through both the offshore and outsourcing of new product creation to India / Les Wynn -- Part IV aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics -- 9. Breaking the routines: artistic and design interventions as a tool for developing creativity in organizations / Marja Soila-Wadman and Lisbeth Svengren Holm -- 10. The psycho-spatial dynamics of workplace designs for creative disruption / Laura H. Malinin, Alison Williams and Katharine Leigh -- Part V design capabilities -- 11. The role of emotion, experience and meaning: the comparative case of Apple and Samsung / Karla Straker and Cara Wrigley -- 12. Design capabilities and business innovation / Marzia Mortati and Beatrice Villari -- 13. In design we trust: dealing with the innovation imperative / Henning Berthold, Shiona Chillas and Barbara Townley.
    Abstract: Design is increasingly recognized as an important source of competitive advantage and an important element in innovation and new product development. In this third volume of the International Perspectives on Business Innovation and Disruption book series, editors Robert DeFillippi, Alison Rieple and Patrik Wikström focus on the role of design innovation in transforming industry practice. With an international cast of scholars and practitioners, this book examines how design innovation impacts the creation of new business models, innovative forms of service delivery, multinational innovation practices, the role of aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics in fostering innovation, and the types of design capabilities found in the most innovative businesses worldwide. Split into five sections, many chapters focus upon design thinking and conceptualize design as a user-centered, empathic and participative practice that allows diverse stakeholders to creatively contribute to business innovation. This instructive and insightful volume will be an essential resource for practitioners and managers across all organization types, both in the public and private sector, who wish to transform the way they do business, as well as for design, management and social science students and scholars
    Note: Contributors include: M. Aftab, L. Andrawes, H. Berthold, S. Chillas, H.-P. Daae, T. Fife, A. Garrett, J. Gloppen, J. Jenkins, K. Leigh, B. Lindquister, L.H. Malinin, J. Matthews, A. McMurray, A. Moorthy, M. Mortati, E. Nusem, M. Pironti, P. Pisano, A. Rieple, N. Russell, M. Soila-Wadman, K. Straker, L. Svengren Holm, B. Townley, B. Villari, A. Williams, C. Wrigley, L. Wynn, R. Young , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783474806
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on corporate social responsibility in context
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Definition ; Entwicklung ; Branche ; Religion ; Welt ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Social Responsibility
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I. background and introduction -- 1. Introduction: establishing the art of contextualizing CSR as a research area / Anders Örtenblad -- 2. Corporate social responsibility as concept and activity: an overview / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- 3. The importance of context in understanding CSR / D. Kirk Davidson -- 4. The social context in CSR research: a contextualist approach with critical applications / Andromachi Athanasopoulou and John W. Selsky -- Part II. corporate social responsibility in context -- Section A religion/level of economic development/continent -- 5. Islamic and Buddhist perspectives of corporate social responsibility / Patsy Perry and Aini Ahmad -- 6. CSR in developed versus developing countries: a comparative glimpse / Dima Jamali and Charlotte Karam -- 7. Does diffusion cover differentiation? looking into corporate social responsibility in Asia / Patrick Reinmoeller -- Section B industry -- 8. Corporate social responsibility in food processing industry / George Michael Hall -- 9. Corporate social responsibility in shipping industry / Maria Lekakou, Ioannis Theotokas and Evangelia Stefanidaki -- 10. Corporate social responsibility in the pharmaceutical industry / Wen Li Chan, Jeremy Eng Tuck Cheah and Luiz Montanheiro -- Section C mixed contexts -- 11. Corporate social responsibility in the ready made garments industry in Bangladesh / Fara Azmat and Mohammed Ziaul Haque -- 12. Corporate social responsibility in the Greek shipping business / Irene Fafaliou and Tina Aroni -- 13. Corporate social responsibility in the Turkish pharmaceutical industry / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- Section D specific situation -- 14. The relevance of CSR in the case of insurance firm and motorcycle gang in Norway / Petter Gottschalk -- 15. Fraud examiners in white-collar crime investigations / Petter Gottschalk -- Part III. comments and reflections -- 16. Reflections on the universality and philosophical foundations of the 'corporate social responsibility' definition / Jared M. Hansen -- 17. A comment on the use of the seven aspects of CSR / Jochen Weikert -- 18. Stages of corporate social responsibility / Petter Gottschalk -- 19. The future of CSR: towards transformative CSR, or CSR 2.0 / Wayne Visser -- 20. Against CSR: the meaning and meaninglessness of CSR in China / Shih-Wei Hsu -- 21. Conclusions, a contingency model of CSR and recommendations for further research / Anders Örtenblad.
    Abstract: Is corporate social responsibility (CSR) a universal idea? Is the same exact definition of CSR relevant for any organization, regardless of context? Or would such a definition need to be adapted to fit different types of organizations, in different cultures, industries and sectors? This book discusses how CSR should preferably be practiced. The expert authors share their knowledge on whether a broad definition of CSR can be practiced as is or if it first has to undergo changes to suit the context. The leading group of contributors argues that anyone wishing to adopt the CSR idea in their organization needs to take the context into account and, thus, find a version of CSR that fits the specific industry, sector, national culture, religion and so on, in which the organization exists. The book discusses the universality of CSR and includes a comparison of the relevance of a broad, general definition of CSR for organizations in contexts such as Buddhism and Islam, developing countries and the food processing, shipping and pharmaceutical industries. Guidelines for conducting studies on the examination of the relevance of CSR for organizations in any particular generalized context are also provided. Academics, students and practitioners involved in the fresh field of CSR will find this an essential resource
    Note: Contributors include: A. Ahmad, T. Aroni, A. Athanasopoulou, F. Azmat, W.L. Chan, J.E.-T. Cheah, D.K. Davidson, I. Fafaliou, S. Görpe, P. Gottschalk, G.M. Hall, J.M. Hansen, M. Z. Haque, S.-w. Hsu, D. Jamali, C. Karam, M. Lekakou, L. Montanheiro, B. Öksüz, A. Örtenblad, P. Perry, P. Reinmoeller, J.W. Selsky, E. Stefanidaki, I. Theotokas, W. Visser, J. Weikert , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719524
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (464 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part 1 contextual and functional issues -- 1. The Middle East context: an introduction / Pawan S. Budhwar and Kamel Mellahi -- 2. Cultural perspectives in HRM in MENA / Pari Namazie and Barbara Covarrubias Venegas -- 3. Society level factors impacting HRM in the Middle East / Wes Harry -- 4. Performance appraisal systems in the Middle East / Antonio Giangreco and Jacob Vakkayil -- 5. Talent management in the Middle East / Salma Raheem -- Part II country and regional perspectives: HRM in the Gulf Cooperation Council Countries -- 6. Human resource management in Oman / Misida Al-Jahwari and Pawan Budhwar -- 7. Human resource management in the United Arab Emirates / Marie F. Waxin and Rob E. Bateman -- 8. Human resource management in Saudi Arabia / Hayfaa A. Tlaiss and Abdallah Elamin -- HRM in Levant countries -- 9. Human resource management in Iran / Pari Namazie and Amir Mohammad Pahlavnejad -- 10. Human resource management in Lebanon / Fida Afiouni and Sinine Nakhle -- HRM in North Africa -- 11. Human resource management in Egypt / Ghada El-Kot -- 12. Human resource management in Algeria / Boumediene Ramdani, Kamel Mellahi and Cherif Guermat -- 13. Human resource management in Morocco / Abderrahman Hassi -- Part 3 emerging themes and future of HRM in the Middle East -- 14. Employment relations of domestic workers in Kuwait: the employer's perspective / Khaled Al-Ajmi, Manjusha Hirekhan, Pawan Budhwar and Sneha Singh -- 15. Labour localisation and HRM practices in the Gulf countries / Marie F. Waxin and Rob E. Bateman -- 16. Expatriate management across the MENA countries / Edelweiss C. Harrison and Arno Haslberger -- 17. Talent management practice in Oman - the institutional perspective / Rayya Al Amri, Alison J. Glaister and David P. Spicer -- 18. Privatisation, investments and HR in foreign firms operating in the Middle East / Faten Baddar Al-Husan and Fawaz Baddar Alhussan -- 19. A blueprint for the role of HRM in CSR in the Middle East / Dima Jamali and Ali El Dirani -- 20. HRM in the public sector in the Middle East / Nelarine Cornelius, Eric Pezet, Ramin Mahmoudi, and Dima Ramez Murtada -- 21. Wasta in the Jordanian context / Mohammad Ta'amnha, Susan Sayce, and Olga Tregaskis -- 22. Towards a framework for the analysis of labour localisation practices in Saudi Arabia and the GCC countries / Yassir Abdulaziz Nasief -- 23. HRM in the Middle East: state of the field and directions for future research / Kamel Mellahi and Pawan S. Budhwar.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Human Resource Management in the Middle East provides evidence-based information regarding the dynamics of human resource management (HRM) in this important region. The book is organised into three parts: contextual and functional issues such as societal and cultural perspectives, performance management and talent management; country specific HRM covering the Gulf Cooperation Council, Levant and North African nations; and emerging themes such as HR issues related to domestic workers, labour localisation, expatriate management, corporate social responsibility, wasta, and foreign and public sector firms. This systematic analysis highlights the main forces determining HRM systems in the region. Its 23 chapters move from a general overview of HRM in the Middle East to a research-based presentation and discussion on the current status, role and strategic importance of the HR function in a wide-range of settings, before highlighting emerging themes in HRM models and discussing future challenges for research, policy and practice. The Handbook of Human Resource Management is invaluable reading for academics and students alike, especially those interested in international and comparative human resource management. Practitioners with interest in the Middle East will appreciate its up-to-date analysis and contextualisation of HRM issues
    Note: Contributors include: F. Afiouni, K. Al-Ajmi, R. Al Amri, F.B. AL-Husan, M. Al-Jahwari, R.E. Bateman, P.S. Budhwar, N. Cornelius, B. Covarrubias Venegas, A. El Dirani, G. El-Kot, A. Elamin, A. Giangreco, A.J. Glaister, C. Guermat, E.C. Harrison, W. Harry, A. Haslberger, A. Hassi, M. Hirekhan, D. Jamali, R. Mahmoudi, K. Mellahi, D.R. Murtada, S. Nakhle, P. Namazie, Y.A. Nasief, A.M. Pahlavnejad, E. Pezet, S. Raheem, B. Ramdani, S. Sayce, S. Singh, D.P. Spicer, M. Ta'Amnha, H.A. Tlaiss, O. Tregaskis, J. Vakkayil, M.F. Waxin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781783472499
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Advances in ecological economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Beyond uneconomic growth
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Daly, Herman E ; Umweltökonomik ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Environmental economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Umweltökonomie ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: In memoriam for Robert Goodland -- Part I Introduction -- 1. The foundations for an ecological economy: an overview / Joshua Farley -- 2. The world in over-shoot: a celebration of Herman Daly's contributions to ecological economics - the science of sustainability / Robert Goodland -- 3. Toward a sustainable and desirable future: a 35 year collaboration with Herman Daly / Robert Costanza -- Part II Changing the paradigm: what is biophysically possible, and how do humans behave? -- 4. Population, resources, and energy in the global economy: a vindication of Herman Daly's vision / Jonathan M. Harris -- 5. On limits / Arild Vatn -- 6. Toward a science-based theory of behavior: building on Georgescu-Roegen / John Gowdy -- 7. Denying Herman Daly: why conventional economics will not embrace the Daly vision / William E. Rees -- Part III Changing the goals: what is socially, psychologically and ethically desirable? -- 8. The importance of just distribution in a 'full' world / Philip Lawn -- 9. Hicksian income, welfare, and the steady state / Salah El Serafy -- Part IV Changing the rules: institutions for a sustainable and desirable future -- 10. Ecological and Georgist economic principles: a comparison / Clifford Cobb -- 11. Making money / John B. Cobb, Jr. -- Part V The steady-state economy -- 12. The steady-state economy / Peter A. Victor -- 13. Socially sustainable economic degrowth / Joan Martinez Alier -- 14. Politics for a steady state economy / Brian Czech -- Part VI Conclusions -- 15. The unfinished journey of ecological economics: toward an ethic of ecological citizenship / Peter G. Brown.
    Abstract: This engaging book brings together leading ecological economists to collectively present a definitive case for looking beyond economic growth as the sole panacea for the world's ecological predicament. Grounded in physics, ecology, and the science of human behavior, contributors show how economic growth itself has become "uneconomic" and adds to a ravaging of both social and ecological cohesion. Guided by a clear moral vision that prioritizes sustainability and justice over profit, the authors provide a blueprint for an economy that replaces quantitative growth with qualitative improvement to enhance human welfare while restoring degraded ecosystems. They present solutions for many of today's challenges, ranging from global climate change and biodiversity loss to natural resource depletion. This interdisciplinary work not only relates ecological economics theory to the most urgent predicaments of the contemporary world, but also pays tribute to the work of Herman Daly, a leading pioneer of modern ecological economics. Researchers and faculty studying and teaching ecological economics and environmental studies will find value in this unprecedented book. It will also be of interest to practitioners working to solve a variety of global environmental issues
    Note: Contributors include: P.G. Brown, C. Cobb, J.B. Cobb, Jr., R. Costanza, B. Czech, S. El Serafy, J. Farley, R. Goodland, J. Gowdy, J.M. Harris, P. Lawn, D. Malghan, J. Martinez Alier, W.E. Rees, A. Vatn, P.A. Victor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361517
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 317
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of creative industries
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Theorie ; Welt ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Alan Kirman (1993), 'Ants, Rationality, and Recruitment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (1), February, 137-56 -- Sherwin Rosen (1981), 'The Economics of Superstars', American Economic Review, 71 (5), December, 845-58 -- Israel M. Kirzner (1997), 'Entrepreneurial Discovery and the Competitive Market Process: An Austrian Approach', Journal of Economic Literature, 35 (1), March, 60-85 -- Ulrich Witt (2001), 'Learning to Consume - A Theory of Wants and the Growth of Demand', Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 11 (1), January, 23-36 -- A.T. Peacock (1994), 'Welfare Economics and Public Subsidies to the Arts', Journal of Cultural Economics, 18 (2), June, 151-61 -- Tyler Cowen (1996), 'Why I Do Not Believe in the Cost-Disease: Comment on Baumol', Journal of Cultural Economics, 20 (3), 207-14 -- Tyler Cowen and Alexander Tabarrok (2000), 'An Economic Theory of Avant-Garde and Popular Art, or High and Low Culture', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 232-53 -- Bryan Caplan and Tyler Cowen (2004), 'Do We Underestimate the Benefits of Cultural Competition?', American Economic Review, 94 (2), May, 402-7 -- Richard Swedberg (2006), 'The Cultural Entrepreneur and the Creative Industries: Beginning in Vienna', Journal of Cultural Economics, 30 (4), December, 243-61 -- Elizabeth Currid (2007), 'The Economics of a Good Party: Social Mechanics and the Legitimization of Art/Culture', Journal of Economics and Finance, 31 (3), Fall, 386-94 -- Michael Hutter (2011), 'Infinite Surprises: On the Stabilization of Value in the Creative Industries', in Jens Beckert and Patrik Aspers (eds), The Worth of Goods: Valuation and Pricing in the Economy, Chapter 9, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 201-20 -- Gary B. Magee (2005), 'Rethinking Invention: Cognition and the Economics of Technological Creativity', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 57 (1), May, 29-48 -- R. Alexander Bentley (2009) 'Fashion versus Reason in the Creative Industries', in Michael J. O'Brien and Stephen J. Shennan (eds), Innovation in Cultural Systems: Contributions from Evolutionary Anthropology, Chapter 8, Cambridge, MA and London, UK: MIT Press, 121-26 -- John Hartley and Lucy Montgomery (2009), 'Fashion as Consumer Entrepreneurship: Emergent Risk Culture, Social Network Markets, and the Launch of Vogue in China', Chinese Journal of Communication, 2 (1), March, 61-76 -- John Banks and Jason Potts (2010), 'Co-creating Games: A Co-evolutionary Analysis', New Media and Society, 12 (2), March, 253-70 -- Jason Potts, John Hartley, John Banks, Jean Burgess, Rachel Cobcroft, Stuart Cunningham and Lucy Montgomery (2008), 'Consumer Co-creation and Situated Creativity', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 459-74 -- Richard E. Caves (2003), 'Contracts between Art and Commerce', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (2), Spring, 73-84 -- John Quiggin (2013), 'The Economics of New Media', in John Hartley, Jean Burgess and Axel Bruns (eds), A Companion to New Media Dynamics, Chapter 5, Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 90-103 -- Arthur De Vany and W. David Walls (1996), 'Bose-Einstein Dynamics and Adaptive Contracting in the Motion Picture Industry', Economic Journal, 106 (439), November, 1493-514.
    Abstract: Arthur S. De Vany and W. David Walls (2004), 'Motion Picture Profit, the Stable Paretian Hypothesis, and the Curse of the Superstar', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 28 (6), March, 1035-57 -- Jason Potts, Simon Cunningham, John Hartley and Paul Ormerod (2008), 'Social Network Markets: A New Definition of the Creative Industries', Journal of Cultural Economics, 32 (3), September, 167-85 -- Jason Potts (2012), 'Novelty-Bundling Markets', Advances in Austrian Economics, 16, 291-312 -- Pierre-Michel Menger (1999), 'Artistic Labor Markets and Careers', Annual Review of Sociology, 25, 541-74 -- Martin Kretschmer, George Michael Klimis and Chong Ju Choi (1999), 'Increasing Returns and Social Contagion in Cultural Industries', British Journal of Management, 10 (1), September, S61-S72 -- Peter E. Earl and Jason Potts (2013), 'The Creative Instability Hypothesis', Journal of Cultural Economics, 37 (2), May, 153-73 -- Christian Handke (2006), 'Plain Destruction or Creative Destruction? Copyright Erosion and the Evolution of the Record Industry', Review of Economic Research on Copyright Issues, 3 (2), 29-51 -- Stuart Cunningham (2012), 'Emergent Innovation through Coevolution of Informal and Formal Media Economies', Television and New Media, 13 (5), September, 415-30 -- Hasan Bakhshi and Eric McVittie (2009), 'Creative Supply-Chain Linkages and Innovation: Do the Creative Industries Stimulate Business Innovation in the Wider Economy?', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 169-89 -- Kathrin Müller, Christian Rammer and Johannes Trüby (2009), 'The Role of Creative Industries in Industrial Innovation', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 148-68 -- Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- Richard Florida (2002), 'Bohemia and Economic Geography', Journal of Economic Geography, 2 (1), January, 55-71 -- Allen J. Scott (2006), 'Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Industrial Development: Geography and the Creative Field Revisited,' Small Business Economics, 26 (1), February, 1-24 -- Luciana Lazzeretti, Rafael Boix and Francesco Capone (2008), 'Do Creative Industries Cluster? Mapping Creative Local Production Systems in Italy and Spain', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 549-67 -- Michele Boldrin and David Levine (2002), 'The Case Against Intellectual Property', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 209-12 -- Benjamin Klein, Andres V. Lerner and Kevin M. Murphy (2002), 'The Economics of Copyright "Fair Use" in a Networked World', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 205-8 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38 -- Ruth Towse (2010), 'Creativity, Copyright and the Creative Industries Paradigm', Kyklos, 63 (3), August, 461-78 -- Christian Handke (2012), 'Digital Copying and the Supply of Sound Recordings', Information Economics and Policy, 24 (1), March, 15-29.
    Abstract: Mikko Mustonen (2003), 'Copyleft - the Economics of Linux and Other Open Source Software', Information Economics and Policy, 15 (1), March, 99-121 -- Josh Lerner and Jean Tirole (2002) 'Some Simple Economics of Open Source' Journal of Industrial Economics, 50 (2), June, 197-234 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Ju (Jeffrey) Yu and Michael D. Smith (2002), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Peter Tschmuck (2003), 'How Creative are the Creative Industries? A Case of the Music Industry', Journal of Arts Management, Law, and Society, 33 (2), Summer, 127-41 -- John Quiggin (2006), 'Blogs, Wikis and Creative Innovation', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 9 (4), December, 481-96 -- Stuart Cunningham (2002), 'From Cultural to Creative Industries: Theory, Industry and Policy Implications', Media Information Australia, 102, February, 54-65 -- Ann Markusen, Gregory H. Wassall, Douglas DeNatale and Randy Cohen (2008), 'Defining the Creative Economy: Industry and Occupational Approaches', Economic Development Quarterly, 22 (1), February, 24-45 -- Peter Higgs and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Creative Industries Mapping: Where Have We Come From and Where Are We Going?', Creative Industries Journal, 1 (1), 7-30 -- Kate Oakley (2004), 'Not So Cool Britannia: The Role of Creative Industries in Economic Development', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 7 (1), March, 67-77 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Why Creative Industries Matter to Economic Evolution', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 18 (7), October, 663-73 -- Jason Potts and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Four Models of the Creative Industries', International Journal of Cultural Policy, 14 (3), August, 233-47 -- Francisco Marco-Serrano, Pau Rausell-Koster and Raul Abeledo-Sanchis (2014), 'Economic Development and the Creative Industries: A Tale of Causality', Creative Industries Journal, 7 (2), 81-91 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Creative Industries & Innovation Policy', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 138-47 -- Phil Cooke and Lisa De Propris (2011), 'A Policy Agenda for EU Smart Growth: The Role of Creative and Cultural Industries', Policy Studies, 32 (4), July, 365-75.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the emerging concept of the economics of creative industries. Professor Potts analyses key papers authored by leading scholars in the field which cover the evolution and development of this new area of study. Topics addressed in this review include economic theory foundations, creative economic agents, contracts and organizations, creative industries dynamics and innovation, creative cities and clusters and digital new media and intellectual property
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785362385
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financialisation and the financial and economic crises
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial instruments ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: theoretical framework and empirical analysis for 15 countries / Nina Dodig, Eckhard Hein and Daniel Detzer -- 2. The crisis of finance-led capitalism in the United States / Trevor Evans -- 3. Monetary adjustment and inflation of financial claims in the UK after 1980 / John Lepper, Mimoza Shabani, Jan Toporowski and Judith Tyson -- 4. Financialisation and the economic crisis in Spain / Jesús Ferreiro, Cataliana Gálvez and Anna Gonzáles -- 5. Financialisation and the crisis: the case of Greece / Yanis Varoufakis and Lefteris Tserkezis -- 6. The real sector developments in Estonia: financialisation effects behind the transition process / Egert Juuse -- 7. Financialisation and the crisis in the export-led mercantilist German economy / Daniel Detzer and Eckhard Hein -- 8. Swedish financialisation: 'Nordic noir' or 'safe haven'? / Alexis Stenfors -- 9. France, a domestic demand-led economy under the influence of external shocks / Gérard Cornilleau and Jérôme Creel -- 10. The transmission channels between the financial and the real sectors in Italy and the crisis / Giampaolo Gabbi, Elisa Ticci and Pietro Vozzella -- 11. The long boom and the early bust: the Portuguese economy in the era of financialisation / Ricardo Paes Mamede, Sérgio Lagoa, Emanuel Leão and Ricardo Barradas -- 12. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: the case of Turkey / Serdal Bahçe, Hasan Cömert, Nilgün Erdem, Elif Karaçimen, Ahmet Haşim Köse, Özgür Orhangazi, Gökçer Özgür and Galip Yalman -- 13. The impact of the financial and economic crisis on European Union member states / Carlos A. Carrasco, Jesus Ferreiro, Catalina Galvez, Carmen Gomez and Ana González.
    Abstract: Financialisation and the Financial and Economic Crises provides comparative, empirical case studies of a diverse set of eleven countries. In particular, the book helps in understanding the current (mal)performance of Euro area economies by explaining the causes of the shifts in growth regimes during and after the crises. It goes well beyond the dominant interpretation of the recent financial and economic crises as being rooted in malfunctioning and poorly regulated financial markets. The contributions to this book provide detailed accounts of the long-term effects of financialisation and cover the main developments leading up to and during the crisis in 11 selected countries: the US, the UK, Spain, Greece, Portugal, Germany, Sweden, Italy, France, Estonia, and Turkey. The introductory chapter presents the theoretical framework and synthesizes the main findings of the country studies. Furthermore, the macroeconomic effects of financialisation on the EU as a whole are analysed in the final chapter. Offering an illuminating overview and invaluable alternative perspective on the long-run developments leading to the recent crises, this book is essential reading for researchers, students and policymakers and an ideal starting point for further research
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, R. Barradas, C.A. Carrasco, G. Cornilleau, H. Cömert, J. Creel, D. Detzer, N. Dodig, N. Erdem, T. Evans, J. Ferreiro, G. Gabbi, C. Gálvez, C. Gomez, A. González, E. Hein, E.Juuse, E. Karaçimen, A.H. Köse, S. Lagoa, E. Leão, J. Lepper, Ö. Orhangazi, R. Paes Mamede, M. Shabani, A. Stenfors, E. Ticci, J. Toporowski, L. Tserkezis, J. Tyson, Y. Varoufakis, P. Vozzella, G.L. Yalman , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784716493
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The great financial meltdown
    DDC: 330.9/0511
    RVK:
    Keywords: 2007-2009 ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Welt ; Economic policy ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Part I -- Introduction -- 1. The crisis in context / Turan Subasat -- 2. Roots of the current economic crisis: capitalism, forms of capitalism, policies, and contingent events / David M. Kotz -- Part II -- Crisis and profitability -- 3. Crisis theory and the falling rate of profit / David Harvey -- 4. Monocausality and crisis theory - a reply to David Harvey / Michael Roberts -- 5. Booms, depressions, and the rate of profit: a pluralist, inductive guide / Alan Freeman -- Part III -- The crisis in economic and social reproduction -- 6. A global approach to the global financial crisis / John Weeks -- 7. The incubator of the great meltdown of 2008: the structure and practices of US neoliberalism as attacks on labor / Al Campbell and Erdogan Bakir -- 8. The value of history and the history of value / Radhika Desai -- 9. The systemic failings in framing neo-liberal social policy / Ben Fine -- 10. The policy-based and conjunctural causes of the 2008 crisis / Turan Subasat -- 11. The systemic causes of the 2008 crisis - an alternative theoretical perspective / Turan Subasat -- Part IV crisis and finance -- 12. Inequality, money markets and crisis / Simon Mohun -- 13. The crisis of finance and the crisis of accumulation: it was not a 'Lehman Brothers moment' / Jan Toporowski -- 14. Contradictions of capital accumulation in the age of financialization / Özgür Orhangazi -- 15. Which crisis, of which capitalism? a Marxian and financial Keynesian interpretation of neoliberalism and the great recession / Riccardo Bellofiore -- 16. The contested nature of financialization in emerging capitalist economies / Annina Kaltenbrunner and Elif Karacimen -- Part V -- The crisis unfolds -- 17. The Greek crisis: structural or conjunctural? / Stavros D. Mavroudeas -- 18. Greece, global fault-lines and the disintegrative logics of Germany's primacy in Europe / Vassilis K. Fouskas -- 19. Conclusions / John Weeks.
    Abstract: The Great Financial Meltdown reviews, advocates and critiques the systemic, conjunctural and policy-based explanations for the 2008 crisis. The book expertly examines these explanations to assess their analytical and empirical validity. Comprehensive yet accessible chapters, written by a collection of prominent authors, cover a wide range of political economy approaches to the crisis, from Marxian through to Post Keynesian and other heterodox schools. This interrogation of economic policy in light of the financial crisis is essential reading for real-word economists. To those seeking to understand the current economic stagnation and failings of the system, it offers an enlightening exposition of contemporary political economy
    Note: Contributors include: E. Bakir, R. Bellofiore, A. Campbell, R. Desai, B. Fine, D. Fouskas, A. Freeman, D. Harvey, A. Kaltenbrunner, E. Karacimen, D. Kotz, S. Mavroudeas, S. Mohun, O. Orhangazi, M. Roberts, T. Subasat, J. Toporowski, J. Weeks , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9781785367366
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; volume 2: Schools of thought in economics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Schools of economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Antiquity / Bertram Schefold -- 2. Economic Thought in Scholasticism / Irina Chaplygina and André Lapidus -- 3. Cameralism / Keith Tribe -- 4. Mercantilism and the Science of Trade / Thierry Demals -- 5. French Enlightenment / Thierry Demals and Gilbert Faccarello -- 6. Italian Enlightenment / Pier Luigi Porta -- 7. Scottish Enlightenment / Anthony Brewer -- 8. British Classical Political Economy / Christian Gehrke -- 9. French Classical Political Economy / Alain Béraud -- 10. Bullionist and Anti-bullionist Schools / Jérôme de Boyer des Roches and Ricardo Solis Rosales -- 11. Banking and Currency Schools / Neil Skaggs -- 12. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in France / Michel Bellet -- 13. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Britain and the United States / Noel Thompson -- 14. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Germany and Austria / Günther Chaloupek -- 15. Marxism(s) / John E. King -- 16. German and Austrian school / Heinz D.Kurz -- 17. British Marginalism / John Creedy -- 18. Lausanne School / Roberto Baranzini and François Allisson -- 19. Historical Economics / Simon Cook and Keith Tribe -- 20. Institutionalism / Malcolm Rutherford -- 21. Russian School of Mathematical Economics / Andrey A. Belykh -- 22. Cambridge School of Economics / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and Annalisa Rosselli -- 23. Stockholm (Swedish) School / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 24. Chicago School / Ross B. Emmett -- 25. Monetarism / Arash Molavi Vasséi -- 26. New Classical Macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 27. Public Choice / Charles B. Blankart -- 28. Neo Ricardian Economics / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 29. Keynesianism / Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 30. Post-Keynesianism / Marc Lavoie -- 31. New Keynesianism / Corrado Benassi.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume II contains entries on the major schools of economic thought and analysis. These schools differ with regard to their 'vision' of the working of the economic system, the major forces and interactions that shape its path and the policy recommendations proposed. At any moment of time, several such schools typically compete with one another, striving for dominance within the economic and political discourse
    Note: Contributors include: F. Allisson, R. Baranzini, M. Bellet, A.A. Belykh, C. Benassi, A. Béraud, C.B. Blankart, A. Brewer, G. Chaloupek, I. Chaplygina, S. Cook, J. Creedy, J. de Boyer des Roches, T. Demals, R.B. Emmett, G. Faccarello, C. Gehrke, G.C. Harcourt, J.E. King, H.D. Kurz, A. Lapidus, M. Lavoie, M.C. Marcuzzo, A. Molavi Vasséi, P.L. Porta, A. Rosselli, M. Rutherford, N. Salvadori, B. Schefold, N.T. Skaggs, R. Solis Rosales, H.-P. Spahn, N. Thompson, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363368
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Finance (Islamic law) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: introduction to takaful: form, function and criticism -- 1. Takaful journey: the past and present and future / Ajmal Bhatty and Shariq Nisar -- 2. Solidarity, cooperation, and mutuality in takāful / Volker Nienhaus -- 3. Mutuality, reciprocity, and justice within the context of a unified theory of riba and ghara / Mahmoud A. El-Gamal -- 4. A proposed marriage between endowments, mutual insurance, and the institution of agency in Islamic law: an introduction to the waqf-wakalah model of takaful / Abdullah Nana -- 5. A critical shari'ah review of takaful structures: towards a better model / Abdulazeem Abozaid -- Part II: regulatory environment and legal aspects of takaful -- 6. New horizons: the potential for shari'ah-compliant cooperative and mutual financial services / Sara E. B. Carmody -- 7. Toward a watershed in takaful dispute resolution: from litigation to effective dispute management / Umar A. Oseni -- 8. Fatwā and its role in regulatory capture and arbitrage / Joe W. Bradford -- Part III: takaful product analysis -- 9. The nature of retakaful: risk sharing or transferring risks? / Abu Umar Faruq Ahmad; Ismail Bin Mahbob; and Muhammad Ayub -- 10. Commercial credit takaful / Muhammad Al Bashir Muhammad Al Amine -- 11. Shari'ah compliant high watermark protected lifetime annuity in family takaful? / Hiba Allam and Volker Nienhaus -- Part IV: takaful as social finance -- 12. Reimagining takaful: a new model for social banking / Hussam Sultan and Abdur-Rahman Syed -- 13. Islamic co-operatives: a route to poverty alleviation and economic development / Mian Farooq Haq and Bushra Shafiq -- 14. Scaling poverty reduction in indonesia: enhancing the institutional effectiveness of islamic microfinance institutions / Tanvir Ahmed Uddin and Muhammad Maaz Rahman -- 15. Micro-takaful in India: a path towards financial inclusion & sustainable development / Mohammad Faisal, Asif Akhtar, Asad Rehman and M. Abdul Samad.
    Abstract: Islamic finance distinguishes itself from conventional finance with its strong emphasis on the moral consequences of financial transactions; prohibiting interest, excessive uncertainty, and finance of harmful business. When it comes to risk mitigation, it is unique in its risk sharing approach. This authoritative book tracks the evolution of the takaful industry over the course of the last four decades and makes a major attempt to highlight the importance of risk sharing through a discussion of various models of cooperation and critical analysis of their performance, including illuminating case studies and a critical assessment of the Islamic insurance model and the role of alternate financing mechanisms. Its high-level discourse on shari'ah compliance and its nuances places emphasis on the importance of solidarity, cooperation, mutuality and reciprocity. Scholars and practitioners working in Islamic finance will appreciate the context and nuance of this important book, and it will be essential reading for anyone interested in alternative forms of shari'ah-compliant cooperative finance. The book is equally vital for academics and researchers interested in understanding various takaful models and their shari'ah considerations
    Note: Contributors include: A. Abozaid, A.U.F. Ahmad, A. Akhtar, M. Al Bashir Al Amine, S.N. Ali, H. Allam, M. Ayub, A. Bhatty, I. Bin Mahbob, J.W. Bradford, S.E.B. Carmody, M.A. El-Gamal, M. Faisal, M.F. Haq, A. Nana, V. Nienhaus, S. Nisar, U.A. Oseni, M. Rahman, A. Rehman, M.A. Samad, B. Shafiq, H. Sultan, A.-R. Syed, T.A. Uddin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9781785367939
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (392 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lee, Keun, 1960 - Economic catch-up and technological leapfrogging
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Technologietransfer ; Wirtschaftslage ; Südkorea ; Small business ; Korea (South) Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Korea ; Makroökonomie ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I catch-up and leapfrogging at the economy level -- 2. Historical origins and initial conditions for economic catch-up (with H.Y. Lee) -- 3. Korean model of catch-up development: a 'capability-based view' -- 4. Intellectual property rights and technological catch up -- 5. From miracle to crisis and the mirage of the post-crisis reform (with Chung Lee) -- 6. Maintaining macro stability for a crisis-resilient growth in Korea (with H. Kim, H.S. Song and J. Kim) -- 7. Is leapfrogging-style reform possible in North Korea (with B.Y. Kim and I.S. Yee)-- Part II catch-up and leapfrogging at the sector level -- 8. Catch-up and leapfrogging in the 6 sectors in the 1980s and 1990s (with C. Lim) -- 9. Digital technology as a window of opportunity for leapfrogging: display industry (with C. Lim and W. Song) -- 10. Technological catch-up in capital goods sector (with Y. Kim) -- Part III catch-up and internationalization by big businesses and the SMEs -- 11. Samsung, created in Korea and replicated overseas (with X. He) -- 12. Moving factories overseas and impacts on domestic jobs: case of Samsung (with M. Jung) -- 13. Catch-up and path-creating by SMEs: from OEM to OBM (with J. Kwak and J.Y. Song) -- 14. Sequential internationalization of the Korean SMEs in China (with H. Lee and J. Kwak).
    Abstract: This book elaborates upon the dynamic changes to Korean firms and the economy from the perspective of catch-up theory. The central premise of the book is that a latecomer's sustained catch-up is not possible by simply following the path of the forerunners but by creating a new path or 'leapfrogging'. In this sense, the idea of catch-up distinguishes itself from traditional views that focus on the role of the market or the state in development. The author provides a comprehensive account of the micro and macro level changes, deals with both firm- and country-level capabilities, and explores the issue of macroeconomic stability to overcome financial crisis. The book demonstrates that at the firm level the focus is on innovation capabilities, diversification, internationalization and job creation. It goes on to examine the rise and upgrading of big businesses, such as Samsung, as well as the global success of SMEs. Comprehensive and illuminating, this is an ideal book for students, academics and researchers interested in the economics of development and technological innovation. It will also be a valuable source book for policy makers in international development agencies, governments and the public sector
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What's wrong with Keynesian economic theory?
    DDC: 330.15/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Keynesianismus ; Kritik ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Keynessche Theorie ; Kritik
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The Keynesian liquidity trap: an Austrian critique / Peter Boettke and Patrick Newman -- 2. What the entrepreneurial problem reveals about Keynesian macroeconomics / Per L. Bylund -- 3. A critique of two key concepts in Keynesian textbooks / Tim Congdon -- 4. The misdirection of Keynesian aggregates for understanding monetary and cyclical processes / Richard M. Ebeling -- 5. Cycles and slumps in an overly aggregated theoretical framework / Roger W. Garrison -- 6. The problems with Keynesianism: a view from Austrian capital theory / Steven Horwitz -- 7. The dangers of Keynesian economics / Steven Kates -- 8. The problem of Keynesian aggregation / Arnold Kling -- 9. What's wrong with Keynesian economists? / Art Laffer -- 10. Capital, saving and employment / George Reisman -- 11. What's wrong with Keynesian economics? / David Simpson -- 12. Move over keynes: replacing Keynesianism with a better model / Mark Skousen -- 13. The conclusive fault line in Keynesian economics / Peter Smith.
    Abstract: One of the most striking phenomena in all of economics is the absence of a deep tradition of criticism focused on Keynesian economic theory. There have been critics but they are few and far between, even though Keynesian demand management has been at the centre of some of the worst economic outcomes in history, from the great stagflation of the 1970s to the twenty-year 'lost decade' in Japan that has been ongoing since the 1990s, and now, once again, the dismal recoveries that have followed the Global Financial Crisis. This book brings together some of the most vocal critics of Keynesian economics of the present time. Each author attempts to explain what is wrong with Keynesian theory for those seeking guidance on where to turn for a more accurate explanation of the business cycle and what to do when recessions occur. The contributions are by scholars from a wide number of schools of economics, which include but are not restricted to Austrian, monetarist and classical perspectives. Written not just for economists, this accessible book is one of the few anti-Keynesian texts available and explains the inability of public spending and lower interest rates to have restored robust economic growth and full employment after the GFC. The collection offers an antidote to contemporary macroeconomic theory. It is an essential text for anyone wishing to understand why no stimulus has been able to bring recovery to any economy in which it has been tried
    Note: Contributors include: P. Boettke, P.L. Bylund, T. Congdon, R.M. Ebeling, R.W. Garrison, S. Horwitz, S. Kates, A. Kling, A.B. Laffer, P. Newman, G. Reisman, D. Simpson, M. Skousen, P. Smith , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9781784711962
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (488 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in regional science
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Human settlements Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part I settlement histories and their representations -- 1. Introduction: settlements at the edge -- 2. The dynamic history of government settlements at the edge -- 3. Boom back or blow back? growth strategies in mono-industrial resource towns - 'east' and 'west' -- 4. International migration and the changing nature of settlements at the edge -- 5. Gender matters: the importance of gender to settlements at the edge of the nordic arctic -- 6. Place-based planning in remote regions: Cape York Peninsula, Australia and Nunavut, Canada -- Part II understanding settlement populations in sparsely populated areas -- 7. Sources of data for settlement level analyses in sparsely populated areas -- 8. New mobilities - new economies? temporary populations and local innovation capacity in sparsely populated areas -- 9. Land rights and their influence on settlement patterns -- 10. Re-evolution of growth pole settlements in northern peripheries? reflecting the emergence of an LNG hub in northern Australia with experiences from northern Norway -- 11. Contemporary indigenous settlements: mixed market approaches -- 12. Modelling settlement futures: techniques and challenges -- Part III future prospects for settlements at the edge -- 13. Climate change and settlement level impacts -- 14. Recruitment and retention of professional labour: the health workforce at settlement level -- 15. Renewing and re-invigorating settlements: a role for tourism? -- 16. The local demography of resource economies: long term implications of natural resource industries for demographic development in sparsely populated areas -- 17. Entrepreneurship and innovation at the edge: creating inducements for people and place -- 18. The ultimate edge: the case for planning media for sustaining space communities -- 19. Conclusion.
    Abstract: Settlements at the Edge examines the evolution, characteristics, functions and shifting economic basis of settlements in sparsely populated areas of developed nations. With a focus on demographic change, the book features theoretical and applied cases which explore the interface between demography, economy, well-being and the environment. This book offers a comprehensive and insightful knowledge base for understanding the role of population in shaping the development and histories of northern sparsely populated areas of developed nations including Alaska (USA), Australia, Canada, Greenland, Norway, Russia, Sweden, Finland and other nations with territories within the Arctic Circle. In the past, many remote settlements were important bases for opening up vast areas for resource extraction, working as strategic centres and as national representations of the conquering of frontiers. With increased contemporary interest from governments, policy makers, multinational companies and other stakeholders, this book explores the importance of understanding relationships between settlement populations and the economy at the local level. It features international and expert contributors who present insightful case studies on the role of human geography - primarily population issues - in shaping the past, present and future of settlements in remote areas. They also provide analysis of opportunities and challenges for northern settlements and the effects of climate change, resource futures and tourism. A chapter on the issues of populating future space settlements highlights that many issues for settlement change and functions in isolated and remote spatial realms are universal. This book will appeal to those interested in the past, present and future importance of settlements 'at the edge' of developed nations as well as to those working in policy and programme contexts. College students enrolled in courses such as demography, population studies, human studies, regional development, social policy and/or economics will find value in this book as well
    Note: Contributors include: P. Berggren, D. Bird, O.J. Borch, A. Boyle, H. Brokensha, F. Brouard, D. Carson, D. Carson, T. Carter, B. Charters, J. Cleary, J. Cokley, S. de la Barre, W. Edwards, S. Eikeland, M. Eimermann, P.C. Ensign, J. Garrett, G. Gísladóttir, K. Golebiowska, J. Guenther, P. Hanrick, L. Harbo, S. Harwood, P. Heinrich, L. Huskey, G. Jóhannesdóttir, I. Kelman, A. Koch, N. Krasnoshtanova, V. Kuklina, J. Lovell, R. Marjavaara, M. McAuliffe, R. McLeman, J.J. McMurtry, T. Nilsen, L.M. Nilsson, P. Peters, A. Petrov, G. Pétursdóttir, B. Prideaux, W. Rankin, J. Roto, J. Salmon, G. Saxinger, A. Schoo, P. Sköld, A. Taylor, M. Thompson, P. Timony, A. Vuin, M. Warg Næss, E. Wenghofer, E. Wensing, D.R. White, D. Zoellner , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430687
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dringoli, Angelo Merger and acquisition strategies
    DDC: 658.1/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Übernahme ; Strategisches Management ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Consolidation and merger of corporations ; Electronic books ; Mergers and Acquisitions ; Shareholder-Value-Analyse
    Abstract: Part I how to make M&As perform successfully: rationales and models -- 1. Basic terminology, concepts and types of M&As -- 2. Data and empirical evidence on M&A performance -- 3. Making M&As create value: an analytical model for evaluating M&As -- 4. Identifying the opportunities for successful M&As -- 5. Horizontal M&As -- 6. Vertical M&As -- 7. Diversified M&As -- 8. Financing M&As and effects on merger value -- 9. Organizational structures and procedures for implementing merger -- 10. Conclusions: how to make M&As successful -- Part II three emblematic cases of successful M&As -- 11. The M&A strategies of L'oréal -- 12. The M&A strategies of Campari -- 13. The M&A strategies of Luxottica.
    Abstract: The decision to carry out a merger or acquisition is certainly a risky one, not least because of the number of variables influencing the final outcome. It is also a decision frequently based on the wrong objectives and an incorrect evaluation process. With this in mind, this important new book offers solutions for reducing the high percentage of mergers and acquisitions (M&As) that fail. It adopts a normative approach, using theoretical analysis to show what managers could and should do to increase shareholders' value through successful M&A strategies. It also explores the conditions that are suitable for favouring a certain type of M&A (horizontal, vertical or diversified) over the others. The author presents various analytical models combined with a selection of case studies to demonstrate the relevant conditions under which each type of strategy can create value. The book analyses different types of M&As, the specific sources of synergy and the way value can be calculated. An integrated analysis of potential synergies, their evaluation, and the modifications to the organizational structure necessary for implementation is also included. In conclusion, the book presents case studies of successful M&A strategies providing a link between theory and practice. Building upon traditional theories and providing original and innovative analysis, this is an essential book for students and scholars in economics, business and strategic management, as well as managers and consultants seeking an analytical and practical understanding of M&A strategies
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782544685
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (848 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of alternative theories of economic development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftstheorie ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Erik S. Reinert, Rainer Kattel and Jayati Ghosh -- Part I development thinking across history and geography -- 2. Giovanni Botero (1588) and Antonio Serra (1613): Italy and the birth of development economics / Erik S. Reinert -- 3. Economic emulation and the politics of international trade in early modern Europe / Sophus A. Reinert -- 4. Cameralism and the German tradition of development economics / Erik S. Reinert and Philipp R. Rössner -- 5. Friedrich List: from "spiritual" and competitive power to collaboration / Arno Mong Daastøl -- 6. Kathedersozialismus and the German historical school / Wolfgang Drechsler -- 7. Chinese development thinking / Ting Xu -- 8. The economic cycle of imperial China and its development / Xuan Zhao -- 9. The Islamic world and capitalism / Ali Kadri -- 10. Unity and diversity in the Ottoman school of national economy: a reappraisal of Ziya Gökalp and Ethem Nejat / Eyüp Özveren, Mehmet Salih Erkek and Hüseyin Safa Ünal -- 11. Development thinking in India / Goddanti Omkarnath -- 12. Latin american structuralism: the co-evolution of technology, structural change and economic growth / Mario Cimoli and Gabriel Porcile -- 13. Revisiting the debate on national autonomous development in Africa / Issa G. Shivji -- 14. Development as the struggle for liberation from hegemonic structure of domination and control / Yash Tandon -- 15. The League of Nations and alternative economic perspectives / Carolyn N. Biltoft -- 16. The Havana charter: when state and market shake hands / Jean-Christophe Graz -- 17. The UNCTAD system of political economy / Ricardo Bielschowsky and Antonio Carlos Macedo E Silva -- Part II approaches to understanding development -- 18. Marxist theory and the "underdeveloped economies" / Prabhat Patnaik -- 19. Economic development as an evolutionary process / Richard B. Nelson -- 20. Classical development economists of the mid-20th century / Rainer Kattel, Jan A. Kregel and Erik S. Reinert -- 21. Development and régulation theory / Robert Boyer -- 22. The "dependency school" and its aftermath: why Latin America's critical thinking switched from one type of "absolute certainties" to another / José Palma -- 23. Feminist approaches to development / Maria Sangrario Floro -- 24. Reading Freeman when ladders for development are gone / Rodrigo Arocena and Judith Sutz -- 25. Albert O. Hirschman / Michele Alacevich -- 26. Michal Kalecki / Jayati Ghosh -- Part III issues in development -- 27. The agrarian question and trajectories of economic transformation: a perspective from agrarian south / Sam Moyo, Praveen Jha and Paris Yeros -- 28. The effective demand approach to economic development / Jan A. Kregel -- 29. Development planning / C.p. Chandrasekhar -- 30. The Nordic route to development / Lars Mjøset -- 31. Competitiveness and development: a Schumpeterian approach / Mehdi Shafaeddin -- 32. Innovation systems and development: history, theory and challenges / Bengt-Åke Lundvall -- 33. Latecomer industrialisation / John A. Mathews -- 34. The developmental state in the late 20th century / Elizabeth Thurbon and Linda Weiss -- 35. Development, ecology and the environment / Edward B. Barbier and Jacob P. Hochard -- 36. Competition, competition policy, competitiveness, globalisation and development / Ajit Singh -- 37. Knowledge governance: intellectual property management for development and the public interest / Leonardo Burlamaqui -- 38. Legal structures and economic development / Jürgen G. Backhaus -- 39. Deindustrialisation and premature deindustrialisation / Fiona Tregenna -- 40. The post-Soviet industrial extinctions and the rise of jihadi terrorism in the north Caucasus / Georgi Derluguian -- 41. Epilogue: the future of economic development between utopias and dystopias / Sylvi Endresen, Ioan Ianos, Erik S. Reinert and Andrea Saltelli.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Alternative Theories of Economic Development explores the theories and approaches which, over a prolonged period of time, have existed as viable alternatives to today's mainstream and neo-classical tenets. With a total of 40 specially commissioned chapters, written by the foremost authorities in their respective fields, this volume represents a landmark in the field of economic development. It elucidates the richness of the alternative and sometimes misunderstood ideas which, in different historical contexts, have proved to be vital to the improvement of the human condition. 2The subject matter is approached from several complementary perspectives. From a historical angle, the Handbook charts the mercantilist and cameralist theories that emerged from the Renaissance and developed further during the Enlightenment. From a geographical angle, it includes chapters on African, Chinese, Indian, and Muslim approaches to economic development. Different schools are also explored and discussed including nineteenth century US development theory, Marxist, Schumpeterian, Latin American structuralism, regulation theory and world systems theories of development. In addition, the Handbook has chapters on important events and institutions including The League of Nations, The Havana Charter, and UNCTAD, as well as on particularly influential development economists. Contemporary topics such as the role of finance, feminism, the agrarian issue, and ecology and the environment are also covered in depth. This comprehensive Handbook offers an unrivalled review and analysis of alternative and heterodox theories of economic development. It should be read by all serious scholars, teachers and students of development studies, and indeed anyone interested in alternatives to development orthodoxy
    Note: Contributors include: M. Alacevich, R. Arocena, J.G. Backhaus, E.B. Barbier, R. Bielschowsky, C.N. Biltoft, R. Boyer, L. Burlamaqui, C.P. Chandrasekhar, M. Cimoli, A.M. Daastøl, G. Derluguian, W. Drechsler, S. Endresen, M.S. Erkek, M.S. Floro, J. Ghosh, J.-C. Graz, J.P. Hochard, I. Ianos, P. Jha, A. Kadri, R. Kattel, J.A. Kregel, B.-Å. Lundvall, A.C. Macedo e Silva, J.A. Mathews, L. Mjøset, S. Moyo, R.R. Nelson, G. Omkarnath, E. Özveren, J.G. Palma, P. Patnaik, G. Porcile, E.S. Reinert, S.A. Reinert, P.R. Rössner, A. Saltelli, M. Shafaeddin, A. Singh, I.G. Shivji, J. Sutz, Y. Tandon, E. Thurbon, F. Tregenna, H.S. Ünal, L. Weiss, T. Xu, P. Yeros, X. Zhao , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9781785369322
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Boosting European competitiveness
    DDC: 338.6048094
    Keywords: Internationaler Wettbewerb ; EU-Staaten ; CESEE ; Competition ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Staat ; Wettbewerb ; Globalisierung ; Europäische Union ; Staat ; Wettbewerb ; Globalisierung
    Abstract: Part I framing the discussion on the competitiveness challenge -- 1. Boosting European competitiveness / Marek Belka, Ewald Nowotny, Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald and Pawel Samecki -- 2. Harnessing foreign direct investment to boost economic growth / Beata S. Jarvorcik -- 3. Correcting external imbalances in the European economy / Doris Hanzl-Weiss and Michael Landesmann -- Part II the various dimensions of competitiveness -- 4. New indicators of competitiveness - the Austrian perspective / Doris Ritzberger-Grünwald, Maria Silgoner and Klaus Vondra -- 5. Globalisation and growth: the case of China / Linda Yueh -- 6. Non-price components of market share gains - evidence for EU countries / Konstantins Benkovskis and Julia Wörz -- Part III EU structural policies -- 7. EU economic governance: euro area periphery lessons for Central and Eastern European countries / Zsolt Darvas -- 8. EU structural policies today: missing piece of the growth puzzle, or wishful thinking? / Brian Pinto -- 9. EU structural policies and euro adoption in CEE countries / Anna Kosior and Michał Rubaszek -- Part IV labour market and productivity developments -- 10. Labour market integration and associated issues: Kipling is wrong / Peter Sinclair -- 11. Do jobs created in CEE countries result in higher productivity? / Michał Gradzewicz -- 12. Productivity and competitiveness in CESEE countries: a look at the key structural drivers / Dan Andrews and Alain De Serres -- Part V CESEE's contribution to growth in the euro area and Europe -- 13. Convergence of 'new' EU member states: past, present and future / Bas B. Bakker and Krzysztof Krogulski -- 14. EU and CEE: productivity and convergence / Boris Vujčić -- 15. Peering into the crystal ball: can the CESEE countries be an engine of growth for the EU? / Iain Begg.
    Abstract: In the global financial crisis, competitiveness gaps between euro area countries caused additional strain. This book discusses the various dimensions of competitiveness, with a special focus on emerging Central, Eastern and Southeastern European countries. For Europe to proceed with convergence and to resist global competitive pressures, it argues that policies to boost productivity abelka, nd innovation are vital. With products becoming ever more technically sophisticated and global interconnectedness on a relentless rise, it also demonstrates that quality, customer orientation and participation in global production networks and global value chains are at least as important as relative costs and prices. This book delves into the literature and dissects the complexity of competitiveness, aiming to offer tangible policy advice focused on how well the European economy is performing and how it could improve. The key findings of the book, from a mix of academics and policymakers, constitute a state-of-the-art assessment of competitiveness that may challenge traditional perceptions of how economies can return to a path of sustainable growth. Comprehensive and forward-looking, this enlightening book will appeal to academics, researchers and policymakers with a particular interest in European economies and economic integration
    Note: Contributors include: D. Andrews, B.B. Bakker, I. Begg, M. Belka, K. Benkovskis, Z. Darvas, A. de Serres, M. Gradzewicz, D. Hanzl-Weiss, B.S. Javorcik, A. Kosior, K. Krogulski, M. Landesmann, E. Nowotny, B. Pinto, D. Ritzberger Grünwald, M. Rubaszek, P. Samecki, M. Silgoner, P. Sinclair, K. Vondra, B. Vujčić, J. Wörz, L. Yueh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430304
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: International finance ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part I basic statements and analyses -- 1. The concept of nation -- 2. The theory of exchange -- 3. Equilibrium and disequilibrium -- 4. The demand for money -- 5. Money creation -- 6. The exchange rate -- 7. An overview of monetary systems and exchange rate regimes -- Part II the balance of payments -- 8. The accounting approach to the balance of payments -- 9. The economic approach to the balance of payments -- 10. Lessons from the analysis of the balance of payments -- Part III international monetary equilibrium in modern monetary systems -- 11. Money creation in hierarchical systems -- 12. Inflation, a monetary phenomenon -- 13. The formation of international prices -- 14. General principles about the working of fixed exchange rate systems and flexible exchange rate systems -- 15. The monetary approach to the balance of payments (under fixed exchange rates) -- 16. The processes of transmission between monetary systems under fixed exchange rates -- 17. International monetary equilibrium under fixed exchange rates -- 18. The monetary approach to exchange rate variations -- 19. The devaluation -- Part IV monetary problems -- 20. The very long term evolution of monetary systems -- 21. The working of fixed rate systems without an international currency -- 22. Monetary policy and monetary crises -- 23. Monetary integration in Europe -- Conclusion: the future of monetary systems.
    Abstract: Monetary problems are important and widely debated, but the complexity of the international monetary system and the disparate systems that make it up gives rise to many fallacies about the inner workings of these systems. When shared by those who decide economic and monetary policies, these fallacies can have damaging consequences. This book provides a rigorous and approachable analysis of these systems and consequences, providing the keys to untangling and understanding their mechanisms and influence. A clear understanding of the working of monetary systems becomes an indispensable decision-making tool when it comes to pressing questions about reform and issues of global debate such as whether a country should join (or leave) the Eurozone or attempts to cure the so-called 'balance of payments problems'. Starting from basic concepts, Pascal Salin progressively builds upon his analysis of monetary systems in a coherent and easily readable way, drawing on the most reliable theoretical contributions from research and giving examples of lessons that can be drawn from this rigorous examination of topics including devaluations, fixed and flexible exchange rates, monetary integration, monetary crises, monetary policy, and more. His clear, orderly style pares down accumulated details and theories to leave a concise and usable toolkit for analysis and action. This book makes it possible for anyone, starting from scratch, to come to a comprehensive understanding of the working of monetary systems. Students and scholars in economics as well as policy makers and practitioners will find this lucid volume an important resource and reference, as it provides intellectual instruments to evaluate the working of any monetary system
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on employee turnover
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor turnover ; Personnel management Methodology ; Employee turnover ; Organizational turnover ; Fluktuation
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Cary Cooper and George Saridakis -- 2. Employee turnover / Harald Dale-Olsen -- 3. Understanding and measuring employee turnover / Kevin Morrell -- 4. Two decades of employee retention, tenure and turnover / Peter Urwin and Emma Parry -- 5. Analysing, monitoring and costing labour turnover / Stephen Bevan -- 6. Employee turnover as a cost factor of organisations / Anne-Marie Mohammed, Yanqing Lai, Maria Daskalaki and George Saridakis -- 7. Inter- and intra-firm mobility of workers / Tor Eriksson -- 8. Perception of training and turnover intention / Choi Sang Long and Mikkay Wong El Leen -- 9. Compensation policy and employee turnover / Stephen Taylor -- 10. Turnover amongst Generation Y / Linda Holbeche -- 11. A role perspective on turnover intentions: examining behavioral predictors / Jui-Tang Kao and Wan-Jing April Chang -- 12. A diagnostic methodology for discovering the reasons for employee turnover using shocks and events / Justin Purl, Kathleen Hall and Rodger W. Griffeth -- 13. Quit turnover and the business cycle: a survey / Carlos Carrillo-Tudela and Melvyn Coles -- 14. Employment, turnover and career progress / Priscila Ferreira -- 15. Employee turnover and the expansion and contraction of employers / Mario Bossler and Richard Upward -- 16. High performance human resource practices and voluntary employee turnover / Inmaculada Beltrán Martín.
    Abstract: Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines. With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders
    Note: Contributors include: I. Beltrán Martín, S. Bevan, M. Bossler, C. Carrillo-Tudela, W.-J.A. Chang, M. Coles, H. Dale-Olsen, M. Daskalaki, T. Eriksson, P. Ferreira, R.W. Griffeth, K. Hall, L. Holbeche, J.-T. Kao, Y. Lai, C.S. Long, A.-M. Mohammed, K. Morrell, E. Parry, J. Purl, G. Saridakis, S. Taylor, R. Upward, P. Urwin, M. Wong El Leen , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781781004920
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Universities and colleges Business management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Towards a market oriented university -- 2. Competition and rankings -- 3. Delivering student satisfaction -- 4. Disrupting higher education -- 5. From marketing to market orientation -- 6. Developing and maintaining a market-oriented university -- 7. Understanding the market -- 8. Developing strategic directions -- 9. Differentiating, positioning and branding the university.
    Abstract: The next decade will be transformative for the higher education sector. Government funding is decreasing. Through their marketing activities universities have created the 'student consumer.' The student consumer is prepared to shop around, compare prices and value, and once purchased expects a return on their investment. Disruptive innovations are challenging traditional forms of learning and in many cases are viewed as better alternatives to traditional learning in the classroom. Competition from private educational providers is increasing. Their cost base is lower, and their customer focus is superior. In short, universities around the world are facing a perfect storm. While experts don't expect the higher education sector to collapse under these challenges, they do believe that for some institutions the future looks bleak. If universities are to avoid closures or mergers, they will need to adopt a market-oriented approach. This timely book urges readers to view students as customers and focuses on how universities need to reinvent themselves in order to stay relevant. Striking a difference between market-oriented and marketing, the authors provide various examples of institutions around the world that are making efforts to reposition themselves. Additionally, this book delves into the issue of undervalued faculty, arguing that education practices are in desperate need of being reimagined due to the abundance of MOOCs and adaptive and experiential learning practices within universities these days. Both university and academic leaders alike, including presidents, provosts, deans, and faculty will find value in the instructional aspects of this book as they relate to their involvement with institutional advancement agendas as well as providing insight into the changing nature of higher education and the evolving definition of what an academic career now entails
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784714680
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best management journals
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Management Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Periodicals Publishing ; Academic publishing ; Electronic books ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Timothy Clark, Mike Wright and David J. Ketchen, Jr. -- Part I The publishing process -- 2. The publishing process: a case study / Petra Andries and Mike Wright 3. Getting published: an editorial and journal ranker's perspective / Geoffrey Wood and Pawan Budhwar -- 4. Ethics and integrity in publishing / Ben R. Martin -- 5. Sustaining a publications career / Mike Wright -- 6. Why publish in Asia management journals? / Daphne W. Yiu 7. Squeezing lemons to make fresh lemonade: how to extract useful value from peer reviews / William H. Starbuck -- Part II resolving practical key issues becoming a scholar -- 8. Rules of the game / Denny Gioia -- 9. Learning by walking through the snow / R. Duane Ireland -- 10. Suggestions for strengthening the discussion section and increasing your odds of publication success / Donald D. Bergh -- 11. You miss 100% of the shots you don't take / Annette L. Ranft and Anne D. Smith -- 12. Why I don't want to co-author with you and what you can do about it / Dave Ketchen -- Getting your methods right -- 13. Are your results really robust? / Bruce T. Lamont -- 14. The reviewers don't like my sample! what can I do? / Brian K. Boyd -- 15. When being normal is not enough: a few thoughts about data, analyses and (the storm of) re-analyses / Philp L. Roth and Wayne H. Stewart Jr. -- Navigating the review process -- 16. Selling your soul to the devil? mistakes authors make when responding to reviewers / Pamela L. Perrewé -- 17. Respond to me - please! / James G. Combs -- 18. Challenging the gods: circumstances justifying the protest of a journal rejection decision / Gerald R. Ferris -- Understanding the journals -- 19. Publishing in the top journals: the secrets for success / Michael A. Hitt -- 20. Hitting your preferred target: positioning papers for different types of journals / Yehuda Baruch -- 21. Targeting journals: a personal journey / Franz W. Kellermanns -- 22. Read the damn article: the appropriate place of journal lists in organizational science scholarship / M. Ronald Buckley -- 23. Publishing in special issues / Timothy Clark -- 24. Using new media to promote and extend published work / Aija Leiponen and Will Mitchell -- 25. Should you publish in an open-access journal? / Charles C. Snow -- Part III publishing across disciplinary boundaries -- 26. Publishing in finance versus entrepreneurship/management journals / Douglas Cumming -- 27. Publishing in management journals: how is it different from economics journals / Saul Estrin and Sumon Kumar Bhaumik -- 28. Publishing in management journals as a social psychologist / Rolf van Dick -- 29. Publishing historical papers in management journals and in business history journals / Steven Toms -- 30. Publishing human resource management research in different kinds of journals / Bill Harley -- 31. Publishing in top international business and management journals / Stephen Tallman and Torben Pederson -- 32. Publishing at the interfaces of psychology and strategic management / Gerard P. Hodgkinson.
    Abstract: An increasing number of universities around the globe are rewarding faculty who place their work in top management journals. Drawing on the insights from top journal editors and leading scholars in the field, this book is a treasure trove of tips for publishing in the best management journals. The topics covered include the mysteries of the review process, getting your methodology right, publishing across disciplinary boundaries, the rise of open access journals, publishing ethics, making use of peer review, targeting special issues, sustaining a publications career, and making sense of journal rankings. Drawing on the considerable experience of its authors, and offering candid insights that are often held as secrets among senior faculty, this book takes the reader behind the scenes of the journal review process, making it a must-read for those seeking to advance their career
    Note: Contributors include: P. Andries, Y. Baruch, D.D. Bergh, S.K. Bhaumik, B.K. Boyd, M.R. Buckley, P. Budhwar, T. Clark, J.G. Combs, D. Cumming, S. Estrin, G.R. Ferris, D. Gioia, B. Harley, M.A. Hitt, G.P. Hodgkinson, R.D. Ireland, F.W. Kellermanns. D.J. Ketchen Jr., B.T. Lamont, A. Leiponen, B.R. Martin, W. Mitchell, T. Pederson, P.L. Perrewé, A.L. Ranft, P.L. Roth, A.D. Smith, C.C. Snow, W.H. Starbuck, W.H. Stewart Jr., S. Tallman, S. Toms, R. Van Dick, G. Wood, M. Wright, D.W. Yiu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9781785367113
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Fast growing firms in a slow growth economy
    DDC: 338.6/420945
    Keywords: Unternehmenswachstum ; Hochtechnologie ; Innovation ; KMU ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Italien ; Small business Case studies ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien
    Abstract: Preface and acknowledgements -- 1. Introduction: innovation beyond national systems fragility: institutional bricolage for SMEs growth / D. Lauto G. Pittino and F. Visintin -- Part I the context -- 2. Entrepreneurship and technological clusters. the influence of contextual factors on the birth and growth of new businesses / T. Pucci and L. Zanni -- 3. Tie formation through venture concept development in emerging innovative start-ups / A. Comacchio, S. Bonesso and V. Finotto -- 4. Micro-context and institutional entrepreneurship: multiple case studies and innovative start-ups / D. Giacomini, C. Muzzi, S. Albertini -- Part II the actors -- 5. Innovative start-ups and growth factors / G. Antonelli, A. Berni and S. Consiglio -- 6. Family firms as the incubators of new ventures: a transgenerational perspective / M. Brumana, T. Minola, L. Cassia, D. Gamba and P. Pressiani -- 7. Evolution of university spinoffs' business model. / C.e. De Marco and A. Piccaluga -- 8. 'reassembling the social', in entrepreneurial innovation and academic entrepreneurship studies: the 'amphibious scientists' phenomenon / F. Crisci and P.a.m. Mazzurana -- Part III the strategy -- 9. Learning from critical internationalisation events. insights from two fast growing Italian SMEs / C. Dossena, A. Francesconi, G. Magnani, A. Onetti, A. Pisoni, M. Talaia and A. Zucchella -- 10. Spin-offs and social capital: contingent social networking towards growth / B. Masiello, F. Izzo, M. Pezzillo Iacono and M. Martinez -- 11. Business model evolution and the drivers of the growth of high-tech new ventures / A. Tracogna, G. Bortoluzzi and B. Balboni -- 12. Quasi-successful and quasi-failing academic spin-offs: the role of technological and commercial alliances / P. Gubitta, A. Tognazzo, D. Campagnolo and M. Gianecchini.
    Abstract: Europe needs more innovative companies that grow quickly and end up big. This book examines SME growth, innovation and success, to suggest that fast growing firms could offer a major contribution to the recovery of a European economy. The contributors examine 11 case studies from Italian firms, breaking the book up into three parts: context, actors and strategy. The topics discussed include entrepreneurship and technological clusters, innovative start-ups and growth factors, and family firms as the incubators of new ventures. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship and other related disciplines will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field, working with and alongside SMEs
    Note: Contributors: S. Albertini, G. Antonelli, B. Balboni, A. Berni, S. Bonesso, G. Bortoluzzi, M. Brumana, D. Campagnolo, L. Cassia, A. Comacchio, S. Consiglio, F. Crisci, C.E. De Marco, C. Dossena, V. Finotto, A. Francesconi, D. Gamba, D. Giacomini, M. Gianecchini, P. Gubitta, M.P. Iacono, F. Izzo, G. Lauto, G. Magnani, M. Martine, B. Masiello, P.A.M. Mazzurana, T. Minola, C. Muzzi, A. Onetti, A. Piccaluga, A. Pisoni, D. Pittino, P. Pressiani, T. Pucci, M. Talaia, A. Tognazzo, A. Tracogna, F. Visintin, L. Zanni, A. Zucchella , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9781784717919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Gustafson, Andrew The Challenges of Capitalism for Virtue Ethics and the Common Good: Interdisciplinary Perspectives, edited by Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison. Cheltanham: Edward Elgar, 2016. 328 pp. ISBN: 978-1784717902 2018
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The challenges of capitalism for virtue ethics and the common good
    DDC: 330.122
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Ethik ; Philosophie ; Geschichte ; Capitalism Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: Introduction / Kleio Akrivou -- Part I the common good in history: virtue epistemology as knowledge foundation for the relationships between institutions, society and person(s) -- 1. The merchant and the common good: social paradigms and the state's influence in western history / Agustín González Enciso -- 2. The 'medieval', the common good and accounting / Alisdair Dobie -- 3. The civilization of commerce in the middle ages / Mark Hanssen -- 4. Virtuous banking: the role of the community in monitoring English joint-stock banks and their managements in the nineteenth century / Victoria Barnes and Lucy Newton -- 5. Disposed toward self-restraint: the London clearing banks, 1946-71 / Linda Arch -- Part II Aristotelian virtue, the common good and current relevance for capitalism, institutions and persons' agency -- 6. Revisiting the common good of the firm / Alejo José G. Sison -- 7. Integrated habitus for the common good of the firm - a radically humanistic conception of organizational habitus with systemic human integrity orientation / Kleio Akrivou, Oluyemisi Bolade-Ogunfodun and Adeyinka Adewale -- 8. Corporate agency, character, purpose and the common good / Geoff Moore -- 9. Individual and organizational virtues / Ron Beadle -- 10. Corporations, politics and the common good / Brian M. McCall -- 11. Two kinds of human integrity: towards the ethics of the inter-processual self / Kleio Akrivou and José Víctor Orón -- 12. Prudence as part of a worldview: historical and conceptual dimensions / Germán R. Scalzo and Helen Alford -- 13. Non-Western virtue ethics, commerce and the common good / Daryl Koehn -- 14. Reflections on the concept of the common good from an economic perspective / Mark Casson.
    Abstract: The evolution of modern capitalist society is increasingly being marked by an undeniable and consistent tension between pure economic and ethical ways of valuing and acting. This book is a collaborative and cross-disciplinary contribution that challenges the assumptions of capitalist business and society. It ultimately reflects on how to restore benevolence, collaboration, wisdom and various forms of virtuous deliberation amongst all those who take part in the common good, drawing inspiration from European history and continental philosophical traditions on virtue. Editors Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison unite well-known academics who examine new ways of understanding the relations between social classes, organizations, groups and the role of actors-persons. They propose ways to restore virtue in our economy-society-person relations with the purpose of overcoming the current challenges of capitalism which more often than not sacrifice happiness and broader, sustained prosperity for the achievement of short-term efficiency. This book also explores a moral psychology that underpins normative virtue ethics theory, and seeks a deeper understanding on how the concept of prudence and the distinct forms of rational excellence have evolved since Aristotle and the co-evolution of Western-Aristotelian and Eastern virtue ethics traditions. This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to business ethics scholars, organizational behaviour academics, organizational sociologists, qualitative research scholars and economic historians. Policy-makers who are interested in improving collaborative frameworks and cross-institutional collaboration policies will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: A. Adewale, K. Akrivou, H. Alford, L. Arch, V. Barnes, R. Beadle, O. Bolade-Ogunfodun, M. Casson, A. Dobie, A. González Enciso, D. Koehn, M. Hanssen, B.M. McCall, G. Moore, L. Newton, J.V. Orón, G.R. Scalzo, A.J.G. Sison , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Styhre, Alexander, 1971 - Corporate governance, the firm and investor capitalism
    DDC: 658.4
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Prinzipal-Agent-Theorie ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Agency-Theorie
    Abstract: Prologue: the Great Recession Durcharbeitung -- Introduction: the nature of the firm and its governance -- Part I: instituting the firm -- 1. Corporate law and the legal environment of the firm -- 2. Managerialism, the problem of principal-agent relations, and free market advocacy -- Part II: rethinking the firm -- 3. The agency theory model of the firm and its implications -- 4. Investor capitalism and the nexus of contract view of the firm: assessing the consequences -- Postscript: neoclassical economic theory and ideology.
    Abstract: The shift from managerial capitalism to investor capitalism, dominated by the finance industry and finance capital accumulation, is jointly caused by a variety of institutional, legal, political, and ideological changes, beginning with the 1970s' downturn of the global economy. This book traces how the incorporation of businesses within the realm of the state leads to both certain benefits, characteristic of competitive capitalism, and to the emergence of new corporate governance problems. Contrasting economic, legal, and managerial views of corporate governance practices in contemporary capitalism, the author examines how corporate governance has been understood and advocated differently during the New Deal era, the post-World War II economic boom, and after 1980 in the era of free market advocacy. Covering the theory of the firm from the New Deal era until the post-2008 financial crisis, the book connects contemporary theories with their original legal roots, demonstrating inconsistencies in contemporary understanding. It also points at the differences between legal theory and neoclassical economic theory regarding the theory of the firm. The book examines how the entrenchment of shareholder welfare governance turns a blind eye to legal theory and corporate law, leading to theoretical inconsistencies and practical concerns, and criticises the agency theory argument in favour of unrestricted shareholder welfare governance. A comprehensive review of the literature on corporate governance, both in legal theory and in economics and management studies, is included. This enlightening and informative book is essential reading for corporate governance scholars, management studies researchers, legal theorists, and business historians
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365423
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als McQuarrie, Edward F. Visual branding
    DDC: 658.8/27
    Keywords: Markenführung ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: historical perspectives on brand advertising -- 2. Overview: visual branding in historical perspective -- Part II: brand marks -- 3. A typology of brand marks -- 4. How and why brand marks vary across product categories -- 5. Rhetorical evolution of brand marks -- Part III: visual elements -- 6. Typeface in visual branding -- 7. Spokes-characters -- 8. Color -- 9. Using pictures to brand -- Epilogue: conceptual puzzles.
    Abstract: Visual Branding pulls together analyses of logos, typeface, color, and spokes-characters to give a comprehensive account of the visual devices used in branding and advertising. The book places each avenue for visual branding within a rhetorical framework that explains what that device can accomplish for the brand. It lays out the available possibilities for constructing logos and distinguishes basic types along with examples of their use and evolution over time. Authors Edward McQuarrie and Barbara Phillips place visual branding within its historical context, covering the 120-year period since brand advertising first took modern form in the United States. Using copious real-life examples to illustrate how branding has evolved with the introduction of new technologies and opportunities, the book also critiques purely psychological perspectives on branding and explains how historical and rhetorical analyses can contribute new insights. This exploration of rhetoric as an alternative to economic and psychological perspectives in marketing, advertising, and consumer scholarship will be essential reading for students and scholars in graduate programs in marketing, advertising, and consumer psychology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719388
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 310 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Agriculture, Cooperative ; Rural development ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Producer organizations and rural development -- pt. II. Economic democratization, inclusiveness and social capital -- pt. III. Internal governance and member relations -- pt. IV. Conclusions.
    Abstract: Agricultural cooperatives and producer organizations are institutional innovations which have the potential to reduce poverty and improve food security. This book presents a raft of international case studies, from developing and transition countries, to analyse the internal and external challenges that these complex organizations face and the solutions that they have developed. The contributors provide an increased understanding of the transformation of traditional community organizations into modern farmer-owned businesses. They cover issues including: the impact on rural development and inclusiveness, the role of social capital, formal versus informal organizations, democratic participation and member relations, and their role in value chains. Students and scholars will find the book's multidisciplinary approach useful in their research. It will also be of interest to policy-makers seeking to understand the wide diversity of organizational forms and functions. NGOs, donors and governments seeking to support rural developments will benefit from the discussions raised in this book
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784715014
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bortz, Pablo G. Inequality, growth and "hot" money
    DDC: 338.9
    RVK:
    Keywords: Einkommensverteilung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Postkeynesianische Wachstumstheorie ; Verteilungstheorie ; Theorie ; Argentinien ; Income distribution ; Keynesian economics
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Growth and distribution: the last 300 years -- 3. Growth and distribution: the Kaleckian perspective -- 4. An integration of the real and the monetary economy -- 5. Financial flows, distribution and capital controls -- 6. Epilogue: challenges and possibilities.
    Abstract: The growing levels of income inequality, an explosion of global financial flows, and a worldwide decline of economic growth have combined to challenge accepted economic wisdom. Utilizing a heterodox approach, Pablo G. Bortz provides a fresh look for understanding the interaction between these three factors while identifying challenges and possible alternatives for an expansionary and progressive economic policy. Reviewing several schools of thought, Inequality, Growth and 'Hot' Money explores the risks generated by capital flows and the limitations they impose on progressive economic policies. Professor Bortz then provides instruments and alternatives to pursue an expansionary and equalitarian program, including theoretical contributions to enrich heterodox and progressive economics. Standout features of this book include a review of the challenges that financial flows pose for developing countries; a redefinition of the role of capital controls; a policy approach that separates interest rate policies from a broader credit policy; and a rejection of the negative relationship between a more egalitarian income distribution and sustained economic expansion. Expanding the Kaleckian approach to include financial flows, this accessible introduction to heterodox growth models will be appreciated by graduate students and committed heterodox economists. Research departments at official institutions such as central banks may also be interested, specifically in the book's models and policy prescription
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...